SemaDecl.cpp revision de210a51dc26de6bee00a9ab172111c6f245a9fe
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230} 1231 1232void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250} 1251 1252static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311} 1312 1313static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324} 1325 1326/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344} 1345 1346static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352} 1353 1354void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380} 1381 1382void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384} 1385 1386void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389} 1390 1391/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392/// 1393/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395/// to the fixed name. 1396/// 1397/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398/// 1399/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400/// if there is no class with the given name. 1401/// 1402/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403/// class could not be found. 1404ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433} 1434 1435/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439/// ill-formed in C++: 1440/// @code 1441/// struct S6 { 1442/// enum { BAR } e; 1443/// }; 1444/// 1445/// void test_S6() { 1446/// struct S6 a; 1447/// a.e = BAR; 1448/// } 1449/// @endcode 1450/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457/// contain non-field names. 1458Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465} 1466 1467/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1468/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1469/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1470/// built-in. 1471NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1472 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1473 SourceLocation Loc) { 1474 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1475 1476 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1477 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1478 switch (Error) { 1479 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1480 // Okay 1481 break; 1482 1483 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1484 if (ForRedeclaration) 1485 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1486 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1487 return 0; 1488 1489 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1490 if (ForRedeclaration) 1491 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1492 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1493 return 0; 1494 1495 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1496 if (ForRedeclaration) 1497 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1498 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1499 return 0; 1500 } 1501 1502 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1503 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1504 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1505 << R; 1506 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1507 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1508 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1509 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1510 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1511 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1512 } 1513 1514 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1515 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1516 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1517 SC_Extern, 1518 SC_None, false, 1519 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1520 New->setImplicit(); 1521 1522 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1523 // FunctionDecl. 1524 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1525 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1526 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1527 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1528 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1529 SourceLocation(), 0, 1530 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1531 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1532 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1533 Params.push_back(parm); 1534 } 1535 New->setParams(Params); 1536 } 1537 1538 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1539 1540 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1541 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1542 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1543 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1544 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1545 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1546 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1547 CurContext = SavedContext; 1548 return New; 1549} 1550 1551bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1552 QualType OldType; 1553 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1554 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1555 else 1556 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1557 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1558 1559 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1560 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1561 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1562 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1563 << Kind << NewType; 1564 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1565 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1566 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1567 return true; 1568 } 1569 1570 if (OldType != NewType && 1571 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1572 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1573 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1574 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1576 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1577 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1578 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1579 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1580 return true; 1581 } 1582 return false; 1583} 1584 1585/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1586/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1587/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1588/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1589/// 1590void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1591 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1592 // merging checks. 1593 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1594 1595 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1596 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1597 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1598 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1599 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1600 default: break; 1601 case 2: 1602 { 1603 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1604 break; 1605 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1606 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1607 break; 1608 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1609 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1610 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1611 break; 1612 } 1613 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1614 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1615 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1616 return; 1617 } 1618 case 5: 1619 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1620 break; 1621 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1622 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1623 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1624 return; 1625 case 3: 1626 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1627 break; 1628 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1629 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1630 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1631 return; 1632 } 1633 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1634 } 1635 1636 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1637 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1638 if (!Old) { 1639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1640 << New->getDeclName(); 1641 1642 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1643 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1644 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1645 1646 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1647 } 1648 1649 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1650 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1651 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1652 1653 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1654 // with any extensions enabled. 1655 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1656 return; 1657 1658 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1659 // declaration was a typedef. 1660 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1661 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1662 1663 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1664 return; 1665 1666 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1667 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1668 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1669 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1670 // to the type to which it already refers. 1671 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1672 return; 1673 1674 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1675 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1676 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1677 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1678 // 1679 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1680 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1681 // 1682 // struct S { 1683 // typedef struct A { } A; 1684 // }; 1685 // 1686 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1687 // allow the above but disallow 1688 // 1689 // struct S { 1690 // typedef int I; 1691 // typedef int I; 1692 // }; 1693 // 1694 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1695 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1696 return; 1697 1698 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1699 << New->getDeclName(); 1700 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1701 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1702 } 1703 1704 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1705 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1706 return; 1707 1708 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1709 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1710 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1711 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1712 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1713 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1714 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1715 return; 1716 1717 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1718 << New->getDeclName(); 1719 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1720 return; 1721} 1722 1723/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1724/// attribute. 1725static bool 1726DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1727 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1728 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1729 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1730 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1731 if (AA) 1732 return false; 1733 1734 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1735 switch (A->getKind()) { 1736 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1737 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1738 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1739 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1740 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1741 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1742 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1743 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1744 case attr::GuardedBy: 1745 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1746 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1747 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1748 return false; 1749 default: 1750 ; 1751 } 1752 1753 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1754 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1755 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1756 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1757 if (Ann) { 1758 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1759 return true; 1760 continue; 1761 } 1762 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1763 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1764 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1765 return true; 1766 } 1767 1768 return false; 1769} 1770 1771bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1772 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1773 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1774 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1775 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1776 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1777 AA->getMessage()); 1778 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) { 1779 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1780 if (NewAttr) { 1781 NamedDecl *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(D); 1782 ND->ClearLVCache(); 1783 } 1784 } else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1785 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1786 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1787 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1788 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1789 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1790 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1791 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1792 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1793 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1794 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1795 1796 if (NewAttr) { 1797 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1798 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1799 return true; 1800 } 1801 1802 return false; 1803} 1804 1805static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1806 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1807 return TD->getDefinition(); 1808 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1809 return VD->getDefinition(); 1810 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1811 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1812 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1813 return Def; 1814 } 1815 return NULL; 1816} 1817 1818static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1819 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1820 I != E; ++I) { 1821 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1822 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1823 return true; 1824 } 1825 return false; 1826} 1827 1828/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1829/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1830static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1831 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1832 return; 1833 1834 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1835 if (!Def || Def == New) 1836 return; 1837 1838 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1839 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1840 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1841 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1842 ++I; 1843 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1844 } 1845 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1846 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1847 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1848 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1849 --E; 1850 } 1851} 1852 1853/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1854void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1855 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1856 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1857 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1858 1859 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1860 return; 1861 1862 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1863 1864 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1865 // we process them. 1866 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1867 1868 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1869 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1870 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1871 i != e; ++i) { 1872 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1873 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1874 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1875 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1876 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1877 continue; 1878 1879 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1880 foundAny = true; 1881 } 1882 1883 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1884} 1885 1886/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1887/// to the new one. 1888static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1889 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1890 ASTContext &C) { 1891 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1892 return; 1893 1894 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1895 1896 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1897 // done before we process them. 1898 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1899 1900 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1901 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1902 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1903 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1904 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1905 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1906 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1907 foundAny = true; 1908 } 1909 } 1910 1911 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1912} 1913 1914namespace { 1915 1916/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1917/// C. 1918struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1919 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1920 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1921 QualType PromotedType; 1922}; 1923 1924} 1925 1926/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1927Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1928 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1929 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1930 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1931 1932 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1933 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1934 1935 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1936 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1937 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1938 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1939 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1940 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1941 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1942 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1943 } 1944 1945 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1946} 1947 1948/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1949/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1950/// GNU89 mode. 1951static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1952 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1953 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1954 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1955 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1956 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1957} 1958 1959/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 1960/// declaration? 1961static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 1962 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 1963 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 1964 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 1965 } else { 1966 // Free C function or a static method. 1967 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 1968 } 1969 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 1970} 1971 1972/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1973/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1974/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1975/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1976/// 1977/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1978/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1979/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1980/// merged with. 1981/// 1982/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1983bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 1984 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1985 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1986 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1987 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1988 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1989 else 1990 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1991 if (!Old) { 1992 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1993 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1994 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1995 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1996 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1997 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1998 return true; 1999 } 2000 2001 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2002 << New->getDeclName(); 2003 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2004 return true; 2005 } 2006 2007 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2008 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2009 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2010 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2011 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2012 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2013 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2014 else 2015 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2016 2017 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2018 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2019 2020 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2021 // is an extern inline function. 2022 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2023 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2024 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2025 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2026 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2027 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2028 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2029 } else { 2030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2031 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2032 return true; 2033 } 2034 } 2035 2036 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2037 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2038 // calling convention of the first. 2039 // 2040 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2041 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2042 // 2043 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2044 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2045 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2046 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2047 // because it is the default calling convention. 2048 // 2049 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2050 // other tests to run. 2051 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2052 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2053 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2054 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2055 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2056 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2057 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2058 2059 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2060 // there but not here. 2061 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2062 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2063 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2064 2065 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2066 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2067 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2068 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2069 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2070 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2071 2072 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2073 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2074 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2075 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2076 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2077 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2078 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2079 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2080 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2081 return true; 2082 } 2083 2084 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2085 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2086 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2087 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2088 } 2089 2090 // Merge regparm attribute. 2091 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2092 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2093 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2094 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2095 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2096 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2097 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2098 return true; 2099 } 2100 2101 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2102 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2103 } 2104 2105 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2106 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2107 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2108 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2109 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2110 return true; 2111 } 2112 2113 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2114 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2115 } 2116 2117 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2118 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2119 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2120 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2121 } 2122 2123 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2124 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2125 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2126 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2127 // cannot be overloaded. 2128 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2129 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2130 QualType ResQT; 2131 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2132 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2133 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2134 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2135 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2136 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2137 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2138 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2139 else 2140 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2141 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2142 return true; 2143 } 2144 else 2145 NewQType = ResQT; 2146 } 2147 2148 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2149 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2150 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2151 // Preserve triviality. 2152 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2153 2154 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2155 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2156 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2157 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2158 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2159 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2160 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2161 2162 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2163 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2164 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2165 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2166 // is a static member function declaration. 2167 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2168 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2169 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2170 return true; 2171 } 2172 2173 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2174 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2175 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2176 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2177 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2178 unsigned NewDiag; 2179 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2180 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2181 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2182 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2183 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2184 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2185 else 2186 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2187 2188 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2189 } else { 2190 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2191 << New << New->getType(); 2192 } 2193 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2194 2195 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2196 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2197 // 2198 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2199 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2200 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2201 if (isFriend) { 2202 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2203 } else { 2204 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2205 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2206 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2207 return true; 2208 } 2209 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2210 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2211 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2212 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2213 return true; 2214 } 2215 } 2216 2217 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2218 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2219 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2220 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2221 2222 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2223 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2224 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2225 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2226 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2227 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2228 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2229 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2230 } 2231 2232 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2233 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2234 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2235 return true; 2236 } 2237 2238 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2239 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2240 2241 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2242 } 2243 2244 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2245 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2246 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2247 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2248 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2249 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2250 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2251 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2252 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2253 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2254 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2255 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2256 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2257 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2258 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2259 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2260 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2261 New->setType(NewQType); 2262 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2263 2264 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2265 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2266 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2267 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2268 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2269 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2270 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2271 SourceLocation(), 2272 SourceLocation(), 0, 2273 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2274 SC_None, SC_None, 2275 0); 2276 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2277 Param->setImplicit(); 2278 Params.push_back(Param); 2279 } 2280 2281 New->setParams(Params); 2282 } 2283 2284 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2285 } 2286 2287 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2288 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2289 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2290 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2291 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2292 // the prototype. 2293 // 2294 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2295 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2296 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2297 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2298 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2299 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2300 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2301 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2302 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2303 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2304 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2305 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2306 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2307 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2308 2309 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2310 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2311 NewProto->getResultType()); 2312 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2313 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2314 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2315 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2316 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2317 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2318 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2319 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2320 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2321 NewParm->getType(), 2322 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2323 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2324 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2325 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2326 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2327 } else 2328 LooseCompatible = false; 2329 } 2330 2331 if (LooseCompatible) { 2332 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2333 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2334 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2335 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2336 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2337 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2338 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2339 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2340 } 2341 2342 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2343 ArgTypes.size(), 2344 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2345 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2346 } 2347 2348 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2349 } 2350 2351 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2352 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2353 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2354 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2355 // signature. 2356 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2357 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2358 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2359 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2360 // library built-in. 2361 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2362 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2363 << Old << Old->getType(); 2364 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2365 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2366 return false; 2367 } 2368 2369 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2370 } 2371 2372 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2373 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2374 return true; 2375} 2376 2377/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2378/// known to be compatible. 2379/// 2380/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2381/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2382/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2383/// redeclaration of Old. 2384/// 2385/// \returns false 2386bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2387 Scope *S) { 2388 // Merge the attributes 2389 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2390 2391 // Merge the storage class. 2392 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2393 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2394 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2395 2396 // Merge "pure" flag. 2397 if (Old->isPure()) 2398 New->setPure(); 2399 2400 // Merge "used" flag. 2401 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2402 New->setUsed(); 2403 2404 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2405 // declarations. 2406 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2407 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2408 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2409 Context); 2410 2411 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2412 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2413 2414 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2415 // and argument types. 2416 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2417 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2418 New->setType(Merged); 2419 2420 return false; 2421} 2422 2423 2424void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2425 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2426 2427 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2428 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2429 2430 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2431 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2432 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2433 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2434 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2435 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2436 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2437 2438 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2439} 2440 2441/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2442/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2443/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2444/// 2445/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2446/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2447/// is attached. 2448void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2449 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2450 return; 2451 2452 QualType MergedT; 2453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2454 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2455 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2456 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2457 return; 2458 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2459 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2460 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2461 } 2462 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2463 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2464 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2465 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2466 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2467 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2468 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2469 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2470 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2471 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2472 NewArray->getElementType())) 2473 MergedT = New->getType(); 2474 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2475 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2476 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2477 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2478 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2479 NewArray->getElementType())) 2480 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2481 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2482 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2483 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2484 Old->getType()); 2485 } 2486 } else { 2487 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2488 } 2489 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2490 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2491 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2492 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2493 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2494 } 2495 New->setType(MergedT); 2496} 2497 2498/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2499/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2500/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2501/// 2502/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2503/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2504/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2505/// 2506void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2507 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2508 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2509 return; 2510 2511 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2512 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2513 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2514 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2515 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2516 << New->getDeclName(); 2517 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2518 diag::note_previous_definition); 2519 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2520 } 2521 2522 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2523 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2524 // 2525 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2526 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2528 << New->getIdentifier(); 2529 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2530 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2531 } 2532 2533 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2534 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2535 // declaration 2536 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2537 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2538 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2540 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2541 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2542 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2543 } 2544 2545 // Merge the types. 2546 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2547 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2548 return; 2549 2550 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2551 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2552 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2553 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2554 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2555 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2556 } 2557 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2558 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2559 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2560 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2561 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2562 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2563 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2564 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2565 // identifier has external linkage. 2566 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2567 /* Okay */; 2568 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2569 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2570 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2571 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2572 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2573 } 2574 2575 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2576 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2577 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2578 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2579 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2580 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2581 } 2582 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2583 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2584 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2585 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2586 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2587 } 2588 2589 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2590 2591 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2592 // need to check for mismatches. 2593 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2594 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2595 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2596 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2597 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2598 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2599 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2600 } 2601 2602 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2603 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2604 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2605 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2606 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2607 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2608 } 2609 2610 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2611 const VarDecl *Def; 2612 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2613 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2614 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2615 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2616 << New->getDeclName(); 2617 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2618 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2619 return; 2620 } 2621 2622 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2623 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2624 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2625 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2626 return; 2627 } 2628 2629 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2630 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2631 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2632 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2633 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2634 // specified at the prior declaration. 2635 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2636 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2637 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2638 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2639 2640 // Merge "used" flag. 2641 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2642 New->setUsed(); 2643 2644 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2645 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2646 2647 // Inherit access appropriately. 2648 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2649} 2650 2651/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2652/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2653Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2654 DeclSpec &DS) { 2655 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2656} 2657 2658/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2659/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2660/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2661Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2662 DeclSpec &DS, 2663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2664 Decl *TagD = 0; 2665 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2666 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2667 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2668 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2669 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2670 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2671 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2672 2673 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2674 return 0; 2675 2676 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2677 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2678 // it's a Type. 2679 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2680 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2681 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2682 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2683 } 2684 2685 if (Tag) { 2686 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2687 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2688 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2689 return Tag; 2690 } 2691 2692 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2693 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2694 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2695 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2696 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2697 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2698 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2699 } 2700 2701 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2702 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2703 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2704 if (Tag) 2705 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2706 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2707 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2708 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2709 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2710 else 2711 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2712 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2713 return TagD; 2714 } 2715 2716 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2717 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2718 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2719 if (TagD && !Tag) 2720 return 0; 2721 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2722 } 2723 2724 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2725 // declarators. 2726 bool emittedWarning = false; 2727 2728 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2729 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2730 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2731 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2732 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2733 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2734 2735 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2736 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2737 emittedWarning = true; 2738 } 2739 } 2740 2741 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2742 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2743 CurContext->isRecord() && 2744 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2745 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2746 // struct STRUCT; 2747 // and 2748 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2749 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2750 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2751 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2752 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2753 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2754 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2755 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2756 } 2757 } 2758 2759 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2760 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2761 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2762 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2763 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2764 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2765 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2766 emittedWarning = true; 2767 } 2768 2769 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2770 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2771 2772 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2773 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2774 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2775 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2776 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2777 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2778 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2779 return Tag; 2780 } 2781 2782 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2783 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2784 emittedWarning = true; 2785 } 2786 2787 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2788 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2789 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2790 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2791 return TagD; 2792 2793 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2794 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2795 // useless. 2796 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2797 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2798 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2799 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2800 2801 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2802 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2803 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2804 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2805 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2806 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2807 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2808 // Restrict is covered above. 2809 } 2810 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2811 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2812 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2813 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2814 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2815 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2816 2817 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2818 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2819 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2820 << Tag->getTagKind() 2821 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2822 2823 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2824 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2825 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2826 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2827 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2828 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2829 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2830 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2831 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2832 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2833 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2834 while (attrs) { 2835 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2836 << attrs->getName() 2837 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2838 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2839 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2840 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2841 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2842 } 2843 } 2844 } 2845 2846 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2847 2848 return TagD; 2849} 2850 2851/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2852/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2853/// 2854/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2855static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2856 Scope *S, 2857 DeclContext *Owner, 2858 DeclarationName Name, 2859 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2860 unsigned diagnostic) { 2861 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2862 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2863 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2864 2865 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2866 return false; 2867 2868 // Pick a representative declaration. 2869 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2870 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2871 2872 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2873 return false; 2874 2875 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2876 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2877 2878 return true; 2879} 2880 2881/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2882/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2883/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2884/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2885/// struct, e.g., 2886/// 2887/// @code 2888/// union { 2889/// int i; 2890/// float f; 2891/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2892/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2893/// @endcode 2894/// 2895/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2896/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2897static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2898 DeclContext *Owner, 2899 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2900 AccessSpecifier AS, 2901 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2902 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2903 unsigned diagKind 2904 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2905 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2906 2907 bool Invalid = false; 2908 2909 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2910 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2911 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2912 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2913 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2914 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2915 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2916 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2917 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2918 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2919 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2920 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2921 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2922 Invalid = true; 2923 } else { 2924 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2925 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2926 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2927 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2928 // anonymous union is declared. 2929 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2930 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2931 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2932 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2933 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2934 else 2935 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2936 2937 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2938 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2939 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2940 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2941 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2942 2943 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2944 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2945 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2946 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2947 2948 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2949 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2950 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2951 2952 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2953 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2954 2955 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2956 } 2957 } 2958 } 2959 2960 return Invalid; 2961} 2962 2963/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2964/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2965/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2966static StorageClass 2967StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2968 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2969 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2970 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2971 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2972 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2973 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2974 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2975 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2976 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2977 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2978 } 2979 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2980} 2981 2982/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2983/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2984/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2985static StorageClass 2986StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2987 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2988 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2989 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2990 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2991 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2992 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2993 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2994 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2995 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2996 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2997 } 2998 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2999} 3000 3001/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3002/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3003/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3004/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3005Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3006 AccessSpecifier AS, 3007 RecordDecl *Record) { 3008 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3009 3010 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3011 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3012 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3013 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3014 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3015 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3016 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3017 3018 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3019 // structs/unions. 3020 bool Invalid = false; 3021 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3022 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3023 unsigned DiagID; 3024 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3025 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3026 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3027 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3028 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3029 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3030 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3031 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3032 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3033 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3034 3035 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3036 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3037 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3038 } 3039 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3040 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3041 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3042 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3043 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3044 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3045 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3046 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3047 3048 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3049 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3050 SourceLocation(), 3051 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3052 } 3053 } 3054 3055 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3056 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3057 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3058 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3059 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3060 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3061 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3062 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3063 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3064 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3065 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3066 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3067 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3068 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3069 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3070 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3071 3072 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3073 } 3074 3075 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3076 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3077 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3078 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3079 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3080 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3081 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3082 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3083 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3084 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3085 // members (clause 11). 3086 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3087 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3088 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3089 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3090 Invalid = true; 3091 } 3092 3093 // C++ [class.union]p1 3094 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3095 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3096 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3097 // array of such objects. 3098 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3099 Invalid = true; 3100 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3101 // Any implicit members are fine. 3102 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3103 // This is a type that showed up in an 3104 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3105 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3106 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3107 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3108 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3109 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3110 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3111 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3112 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3113 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3114 else { 3115 // This is a nested type declaration. 3116 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3117 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3118 Invalid = true; 3119 } 3120 } 3121 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3122 // Any access specifier is fine. 3123 } else { 3124 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3125 // member. Complain about it. 3126 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3127 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3128 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3129 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3130 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3131 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3132 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3133 3134 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3135 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3136 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3137 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3138 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3139 else { 3140 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3141 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3142 Invalid = true; 3143 } 3144 } 3145 } 3146 } 3147 3148 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3149 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3150 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3151 Invalid = true; 3152 } 3153 3154 // Mock up a declarator. 3155 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3156 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3157 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3158 3159 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3160 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3161 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3162 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3163 DS.getLocStart(), 3164 Record->getLocation(), 3165 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3166 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3167 TInfo, 3168 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3169 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3170 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3171 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3172 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3173 } else { 3174 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3175 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3176 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3177 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3178 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3179 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3180 // an error here 3181 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3182 Invalid = true; 3183 SC = SC_None; 3184 } 3185 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3186 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3187 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3188 3189 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3190 DS.getLocStart(), 3191 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3192 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3193 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3194 3195 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3196 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3197 // initializer: 3198 // union { int n = 0; }; 3199 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3200 } 3201 Anon->setImplicit(); 3202 3203 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3204 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3205 // its members. 3206 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3207 3208 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3209 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3210 // purposes. 3211 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3212 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3213 3214 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3215 Chain, false)) 3216 Invalid = true; 3217 3218 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3219 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3220 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3221 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3222 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3223 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3224 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3225 3226 if (Invalid) 3227 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3228 3229 return Anon; 3230} 3231 3232/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3233/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3234/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3235/// Example: 3236/// 3237/// struct A { int a; }; 3238/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3239/// 3240/// void foo() { 3241/// B var; 3242/// var.a = 3; 3243/// } 3244/// 3245Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3246 RecordDecl *Record) { 3247 3248 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3249 if (!Record) 3250 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3251 3252 // Mock up a declarator. 3253 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3254 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3255 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3256 3257 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3258 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3259 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3260 DS.getLocStart(), 3261 DS.getLocStart(), 3262 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3263 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3264 TInfo, 3265 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3266 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3267 Anon->setImplicit(); 3268 3269 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3270 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3271 3272 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3273 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3274 // purposes. 3275 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3276 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3277 3278 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3279 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3280 RecordDef, AS_none, 3281 Chain, true)) 3282 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3283 3284 return Anon; 3285} 3286 3287/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3288/// given Declarator. 3289DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3290 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3291} 3292 3293/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3294DeclarationNameInfo 3295Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3296 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3297 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3298 3299 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3300 3301 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3302 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3303 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3304 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3305 return NameInfo; 3306 3307 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3308 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3309 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3310 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3311 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3312 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3313 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3314 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3315 return NameInfo; 3316 3317 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3318 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3319 Name.Identifier)); 3320 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3321 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3322 return NameInfo; 3323 3324 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3325 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3326 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3327 if (Ty.isNull()) 3328 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3329 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3330 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3331 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3332 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3333 return NameInfo; 3334 } 3335 3336 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3337 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3338 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3339 if (Ty.isNull()) 3340 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3341 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3342 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3343 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3344 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3345 return NameInfo; 3346 } 3347 3348 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3349 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3350 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3351 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3352 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3353 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3354 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3355 3356 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3357 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3358 3359 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3360 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3361 // was qualified. 3362 3363 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3364 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3365 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3366 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3367 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3368 return NameInfo; 3369 } 3370 3371 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3372 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3373 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3374 if (Ty.isNull()) 3375 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3376 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3377 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3378 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3379 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3380 return NameInfo; 3381 } 3382 3383 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3384 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3385 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3386 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3387 } 3388 3389 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3390 3391 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3392} 3393 3394static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3395 do { 3396 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3397 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3398 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3399 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3400 else 3401 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3402 } while (true); 3403} 3404 3405/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3406/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3407/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3408/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3409/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3410/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3411/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3412static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3413 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3414 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3415 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3416 Params.clear(); 3417 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3418 return false; 3419 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3420 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3421 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3422 3423 // The parameter types are identical 3424 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3425 continue; 3426 3427 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3428 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3429 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3430 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3431 3432 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3433 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3434 Params.push_back(Idx); 3435 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3436 return false; 3437 } 3438 3439 return true; 3440} 3441 3442/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3443/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3444/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3445/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3446/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3447static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3448 DeclarationName Name) { 3449 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3450 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3451 // - types which will become injected class names 3452 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3453 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3454 // few cases here. 3455 3456 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3457 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3458 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3459 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3460 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3461 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3462 // Grab the type from the parser. 3463 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3464 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3465 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3466 3467 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3468 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3469 // attached already. 3470 if (!TSI) 3471 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3472 3473 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3474 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3475 if (!TSI) return true; 3476 3477 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3478 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3479 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3480 break; 3481 } 3482 3483 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3484 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3485 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3486 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3487 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3488 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3489 break; 3490 } 3491 3492 default: 3493 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3494 break; 3495 } 3496 3497 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3498 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3499 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3500 3501 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3502 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3503 // pointer. 3504 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3505 continue; 3506 3507 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3508 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3509 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3510 return true; 3511 } 3512 3513 return false; 3514} 3515 3516Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3517 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3518 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3519 3520 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3521 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3522 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3523 3524 return Dcl; 3525} 3526 3527/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3528/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3529/// name different from T: 3530/// - every static data member of class T; 3531/// - every member function of class T 3532/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3533/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3534bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3535 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3536 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3537 3538 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3539 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3540 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3541 return true; 3542 } 3543 3544 return false; 3545} 3546 3547/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3548/// nested-name-specifier. 3549/// 3550/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3551/// 3552/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3553/// resolves. 3554/// 3555/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3556/// 3557/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3558/// 3559/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3560bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3561 DeclarationName Name, 3562 SourceLocation Loc) { 3563 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3564 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3565 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3566 3567 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3568 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3569 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3570 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3571 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3572 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3573 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3574 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3575 3576 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3577 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3578 // 3579 // class X { 3580 // void X::f(); 3581 // }; 3582 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3583 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3584 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3585 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3586 SS.clear(); 3587 return false; 3588 } 3589 3590 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3591 // declaration. 3592 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3593 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3594 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3595 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3596 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3597 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3598 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3599 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3600 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3601 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3602 else 3603 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3604 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3605 3606 return true; 3607 } 3608 3609 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3610 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3611 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3612 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3613 SS.clear(); 3614 3615 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3616 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3617 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3618 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3619 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3620 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3621 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3622 return true; 3623 3624 return false; 3625 } 3626 3627 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3628 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3629 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3630 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3631 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3632 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3633 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3634 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3635 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3636 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3637 3638 return false; 3639} 3640 3641Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3642 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3643 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3644 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3645 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3646 3647 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3648 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3649 if (!Name) { 3650 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3651 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3652 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3653 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3654 return 0; 3655 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3656 return 0; 3657 3658 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3659 // we find one that is. 3660 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3661 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3662 S = S->getParent(); 3663 3664 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3665 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3666 D.setInvalidType(); 3667 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3668 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3669 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3670 return 0; 3671 3672 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3673 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3674 if (!DC) { 3675 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3676 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3677 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3678 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3679 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3680 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3681 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3682 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3683 return 0; 3684 } 3685 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3686 3687 if (!IsDependentContext && 3688 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3689 return 0; 3690 3691 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3692 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3693 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3694 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3695 D.setInvalidType(); 3696 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3697 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3698 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3699 if (DC->isRecord()) 3700 return 0; 3701 3702 D.setInvalidType(); 3703 } 3704 } 3705 3706 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3707 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3708 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3709 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3710 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3711 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3712 D.setInvalidType(); 3713 } 3714 } 3715 3716 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3717 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3718 // Just return early; it's safer. 3719 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3720 return 0; 3721 3722 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3723 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3724 3725 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3726 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3727 D.setInvalidType(); 3728 3729 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3730 ForRedeclaration); 3731 3732 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3733 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3734 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3735 3736 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3737 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3738 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3739 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3740 /* Do nothing*/; 3741 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3742 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3743 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3744 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3745 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3746 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3747 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3748 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3749 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3750 3751 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3752 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3753 3754 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3755 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3756 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3757 3758 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3759 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3760 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3761 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3762 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3763 // thereof; [...] 3764 // 3765 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3766 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3767 // we want to match. For example, given: 3768 // 3769 // class X { 3770 // void f(); 3771 // void f(float); 3772 // }; 3773 // 3774 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3775 // 3776 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3777 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3778 // matches. 3779 3780 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3781 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3782 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3783 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3784 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3785 } 3786 3787 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3788 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3789 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3790 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3791 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3792 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3793 3794 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3795 Previous.clear(); 3796 } 3797 3798 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3799 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3800 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3801 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3802 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3803 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3804 Previous.clear(); 3805 3806 NamedDecl *New; 3807 3808 bool AddToScope = true; 3809 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3810 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3811 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3812 return 0; 3813 } 3814 3815 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3816 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3817 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3818 TemplateParamLists, 3819 AddToScope); 3820 } else { 3821 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3822 TemplateParamLists); 3823 } 3824 3825 if (New == 0) 3826 return 0; 3827 3828 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3829 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3830 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3831 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3832 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3833 3834 return New; 3835} 3836 3837/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3838/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3839/// GCC compatibility). 3840static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3841 ASTContext &Context, 3842 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3843 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3844 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3845 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3846 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3847 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3848 SizeIsNegative = false; 3849 Oversized = 0; 3850 3851 if (T->isDependentType()) 3852 return QualType(); 3853 3854 QualifierCollector Qs; 3855 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3856 3857 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3858 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3859 QualType FixedType = 3860 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3861 Oversized); 3862 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3863 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3864 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3865 } 3866 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3867 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3868 QualType FixedType = 3869 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3870 Oversized); 3871 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3872 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3873 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3874 } 3875 3876 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3877 if (!VLATy) 3878 return QualType(); 3879 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3880 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3881 return QualType(); 3882 3883 llvm::APSInt Res; 3884 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3885 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3886 return QualType(); 3887 3888 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3889 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3890 SizeIsNegative = true; 3891 return QualType(); 3892 } 3893 3894 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3895 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3896 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3897 Res); 3898 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3899 Oversized = Res; 3900 return QualType(); 3901 } 3902 3903 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3904 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3905} 3906 3907static void 3908FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 3909 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3910 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3911 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 3912 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 3913 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 3914 return; 3915 } 3916 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3917 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3918 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 3919 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 3920 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 3921 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 3922 return; 3923 } 3924 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 3925 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3926 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 3927 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 3928 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 3929 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 3930 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 3931 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 3932} 3933 3934/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3935/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3936/// GCC compatibility). 3937static TypeSourceInfo* 3938TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3939 ASTContext &Context, 3940 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3941 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3942 QualType FixedTy 3943 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 3944 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 3945 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 3946 return 0; 3947 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 3948 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 3949 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 3950 return FixedTInfo; 3951} 3952 3953/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3954/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3955void 3956Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3957 const LookupResult &Previous, 3958 Scope *S) { 3959 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3960 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3961 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3962 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3963 3964 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3965 return; 3966 3967 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3968 3969 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3970 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3971 // declaration. 3972 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3973 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3974 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3975 3976 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3977 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3978 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3979 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3980 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3981 3982 } else { 3983 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3984 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3985 S = S->getParent(); 3986 } 3987 3988 if (S) 3989 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3990 } 3991} 3992 3993llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3994Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3995 if (ExternalSource) { 3996 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3997 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3998 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3999 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4000 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4001 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4002 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4003 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4004 } 4005 } 4006 4007 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 4008} 4009 4010/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4011/// does not identify a function. 4012void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4013 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4014 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4015 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4016 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4017 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4018 4019 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4020 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4021 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4022 4023 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4024 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4025 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4026} 4027 4028NamedDecl* 4029Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4030 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4031 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4032 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4033 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4034 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4035 D.setInvalidType(); 4036 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4037 DC = CurContext; 4038 Previous.clear(); 4039 } 4040 4041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4042 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4043 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4044 } 4045 4046 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4047 4048 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4050 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4051 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4052 << 1; 4053 4054 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4055 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4056 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4057 return 0; 4058 } 4059 4060 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4061 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4062 4063 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4064 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4065 4066 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4067 4068 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4069 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4070 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4071 return ND; 4072} 4073 4074void 4075Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4076 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4077 // then it shall have block scope. 4078 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4079 // that redeclarations will match. 4080 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4081 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4082 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4083 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4084 4085 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4086 bool SizeIsNegative; 4087 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4088 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4089 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4090 SizeIsNegative, 4091 Oversized); 4092 if (FixedTInfo) { 4093 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4094 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4095 } else { 4096 if (SizeIsNegative) 4097 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4098 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4099 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4100 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4101 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4102 << Oversized.toString(10); 4103 else 4104 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4105 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4106 } 4107 } 4108 } 4109} 4110 4111 4112/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4113/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4114/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4115NamedDecl* 4116Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4117 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4118 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4119 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4120 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4121 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4122 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4123 Redeclaration = true; 4124 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4125 } 4126 4127 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4128 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4129 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4130 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4131 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4132 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4133 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4134 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4135 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4136 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4137 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4138 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4139 } 4140 4141 return NewTD; 4142} 4143 4144/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4145/// previous declaration. 4146/// 4147/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4148/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4149/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4150/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4151/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4152/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4153/// 4154/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4155/// lookup 4156/// 4157/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4158/// declared. 4159/// 4160/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4161/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4162static bool 4163isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4164 ASTContext &Context) { 4165 if (!PrevDecl) 4166 return false; 4167 4168 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4169 return false; 4170 4171 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4172 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4173 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4174 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4175 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4176 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4177 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4178 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4179 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4180 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4181 return false; 4182 4183 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4184 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4185 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4186 return false; 4187 4188 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4189 // previous declarations. 4190 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4191 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4192 4193 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4194 // isn't the same function. 4195 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4196 return false; 4197 } 4198 4199 return true; 4200} 4201 4202static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4203 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4204 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4205 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4206} 4207 4208bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4209 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4210 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4211 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4212 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4213 unsigned kind = -1U; 4214 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4215 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4216 kind = 0; // __block 4217 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4218 kind = 1; // global 4219 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4220 kind = 3; // ivar 4221 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4222 kind = 2; // field 4223 } 4224 4225 if (kind != -1U) { 4226 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4227 << kind; 4228 } 4229 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4230 // Try to infer lifetime. 4231 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4232 return false; 4233 4234 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4235 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4236 decl->setType(type); 4237 } 4238 4239 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4240 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4241 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4242 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4243 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4244 << var->getType(); 4245 return true; 4246 } 4247 } 4248 4249 return false; 4250} 4251 4252NamedDecl* 4253Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4254 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4255 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4256 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4257 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4258 4259 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4260 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4261 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4262 4263 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4264 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4265 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4266 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4267 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4268 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4269 // an error here 4270 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4271 D.setInvalidType(); 4272 SC = SC_None; 4273 } 4274 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4275 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4276 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4277 4278 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4279 if (!II) { 4280 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4281 << Name; 4282 return 0; 4283 } 4284 4285 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4286 4287 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4288 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4289 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4290 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4291 4292 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4293 // is a GNU extension. 4294 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4295 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4296 else 4297 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4298 D.setInvalidType(); 4299 } 4300 } 4301 4302 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4303 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4304 // OpenCL __local address space. 4305 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4306 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4307 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4308 } 4309 } 4310 4311 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4312 VarDecl *NewVD; 4313 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4314 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4315 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4316 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4317 4318 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4319 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4320 } else { 4321 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4322 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4323 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4324 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4325 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4327 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4328 SC = SC_Static; 4329 } 4330 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4331 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4332 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4333 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4334 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4335 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4336 4337 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4338 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4339 if (RD->isUnion()) 4340 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4341 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x 4342 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4343 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4344 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4345 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4346 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4347 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4348 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4349 } 4350 } 4351 4352 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4353 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4354 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4355 bool Invalid = false; 4356 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4357 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4358 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4359 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4360 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4361 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4362 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4363 /*never a friend*/ false, 4364 isExplicitSpecialization, 4365 Invalid)) { 4366 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4367 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4368 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4369 << II 4370 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4371 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4372 return 0; 4373 } else { 4374 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4375 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4376 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4377 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4378 << II 4379 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4380 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4381 } 4382 } 4383 4384 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4385 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4386 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4387 4388 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4389 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4390 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4391 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4392 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4393 4394 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4395 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4396 4397 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4398 4399 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4400 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4401 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4402 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4403 } 4404 4405 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4406 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4407 } 4408 4409 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4410 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4411 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4412 4413 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4414 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4415 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4416 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4417 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4418 else 4419 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4420 } 4421 4422 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4423 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4424 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4425 << 2 4426 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4427 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4428 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4429 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4430 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4431 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4432 else 4433 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4434 } 4435 4436 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4437 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4438 4439 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4440 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4441 // storage [duration]." 4442 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4443 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4444 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4445 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4446 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4447 } 4448 } 4449 4450 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4451 // retainable type. 4452 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4453 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4454 4455 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4456 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4457 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4458 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4459 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4460 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4461 switch (SC) { 4462 case SC_None: 4463 case SC_Auto: 4464 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4465 break; 4466 case SC_Register: 4467 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4468 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4469 break; 4470 case SC_Static: 4471 case SC_Extern: 4472 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4473 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4474 break; 4475 } 4476 } 4477 4478 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4479 Context, Label)); 4480 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4481 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4482 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4483 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4484 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4485 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4486 } 4487 } 4488 4489 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4490 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4491 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4492 4493 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4494 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4495 // declaration has linkage). 4496 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4497 isExplicitSpecialization); 4498 4499 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4500 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4501 } else { 4502 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4503 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4504 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4505 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4506 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4507 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4508 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4509 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4510 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4511 Previous.clear(); 4512 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4513 } 4514 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4515 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4516 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4517 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4518 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4519 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4520 } 4521 4522 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4523 4524 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4525 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4526 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4527 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4528 } 4529 4530 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4531 // such variables. 4532 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4533 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4534 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4535 4536 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4537 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4538 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4539 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4540 4541 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4542 4543 return NewVD; 4544} 4545 4546/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4547/// -Wshadow. 4548/// 4549/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4550/// scope. 4551/// 4552/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4553/// \param R the lookup of the name 4554/// 4555void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4556 // Return if warning is ignored. 4557 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4558 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4559 return; 4560 4561 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4562 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4563 return; 4564 4565 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4566 4567 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4568 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4569 return; 4570 4571 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4572 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4573 return; 4574 4575 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4576 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4577 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4578 if (MD->isStatic()) 4579 return; 4580 4581 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4582 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4583 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4584 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4585 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4586 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4587 I != E; ++I) 4588 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4589 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4590 break; 4591 } 4592 } 4593 4594 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4595 4596 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4597 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4598 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4599 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4600 return; 4601 4602 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4603 // static data members from base classes? 4604 4605 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4606 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4607 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4608 } 4609 4610 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4611 unsigned Kind; 4612 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4613 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4614 Kind = 3; // field 4615 else 4616 Kind = 2; // static data member 4617 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4618 Kind = 1; // global 4619 else 4620 Kind = 0; // local 4621 4622 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4623 4624 // Emit warning and note. 4625 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4626 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4627} 4628 4629/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4630void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4631 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4632 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4633 return; 4634 4635 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4636 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4637 LookupName(R, S); 4638 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4639} 4640 4641/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4642/// declaration. 4643/// 4644/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4645/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4646/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4647/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4648/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4649/// 4650/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4651/// 4652/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4653bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4654 LookupResult &Previous) { 4655 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4656 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4657 return false; 4658 4659 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4660 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4661 4662 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4663 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4664 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4665 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4666 NewVD->setType(T); 4667 } 4668 4669 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4670 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4671 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4672 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4673 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4674 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4675 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4676 return false; 4677 } 4678 4679 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4680 // scope. 4681 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4682 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4683 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4684 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4685 return false; 4686 } 4687 4688 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4689 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4690 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4691 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4692 else { 4693 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4694 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4695 } 4696 } 4697 4698 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4699 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4700 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4701 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4702 4703 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4704 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4705 bool SizeIsNegative; 4706 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4707 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4708 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4709 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4710 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4711 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4712 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4713 // int a[10][n]; 4714 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4715 4716 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4717 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4718 << SizeRange; 4719 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4720 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4721 << SizeRange; 4722 else 4723 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4724 << SizeRange; 4725 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4726 return false; 4727 } 4728 4729 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4730 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4731 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4732 else 4733 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4734 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4735 return false; 4736 } 4737 4738 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4739 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4740 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4741 } 4742 4743 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4744 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4745 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4746 // declaration with the same name. 4747 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4748 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4749 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4750 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4751 } 4752 4753 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4754 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4755 << T; 4756 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4757 return false; 4758 } 4759 4760 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4761 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4762 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4763 return false; 4764 } 4765 4766 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4767 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4768 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4769 return false; 4770 } 4771 4772 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4773 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4774 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4775 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4776 return false; 4777 } 4778 4779 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4780 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4781 return true; 4782 } 4783 return false; 4784} 4785 4786/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4787struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4788 Sema *S; 4789 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4790}; 4791 4792/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4793/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4794/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4795static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4796 CXXBasePath &Path, 4797 void *UserData) { 4798 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4799 4800 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4801 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4802 4803 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4804 4805 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4806 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4807 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4808 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4809 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4810 4811 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4812 } 4813 4814 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4815 !Path.Decls.empty(); 4816 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 4817 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 4818 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4819 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4820 return true; 4821 } 4822 } 4823 4824 return false; 4825} 4826 4827namespace { 4828 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 4829} 4830/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 4831/// overriden methods. 4832/// 4833/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 4834/// \param MD the overriding method. 4835/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 4836static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4837 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 4838 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 4839 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 4840 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 4841 I != E; ++I) { 4842 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 4843 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 4844 // out the diag loop 3 times. 4845 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 4846 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 4847 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 4848 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4849 } 4850} 4851 4852/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4853/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4854bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4855 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4856 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4857 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4858 Data.Method = MD; 4859 Data.S = this; 4860 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4861 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4862 bool AddedAny = false; 4863 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4864 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4865 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4866 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4867 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4868 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4869 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 4870 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4871 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4872 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 4873 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 4874 AddedAny = true; 4875 } 4876 } 4877 } 4878 } 4879 4880 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 4881 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 4882 } 4883 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 4884 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 4885 } 4886 4887 return AddedAny; 4888} 4889 4890namespace { 4891 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4892 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4893 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4894 Scope *S; 4895 Declarator &D; 4896 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4897 bool AddToScope; 4898 }; 4899} 4900 4901namespace { 4902 4903// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4904// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4905class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4906 public: 4907 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4908 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4909 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4910 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4911 4912 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4913 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4914 return false; 4915 4916 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4917 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4918 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4919 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4920 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4921 4922 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4923 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4924 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4925 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4926 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4927 return true; 4928 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4929 return true; 4930 } 4931 } 4932 } 4933 4934 return false; 4935 } 4936 4937 private: 4938 ASTContext &Context; 4939 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4940 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4941}; 4942 4943} 4944 4945/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4946/// 4947/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4948/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4949/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4950/// the same name. 4951/// 4952/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4953/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4954static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4955 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4956 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4957 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4958 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4959 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4960 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4961 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4962 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4963 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4964 TypoCorrection Correction; 4965 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4966 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4967 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4968 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4969 4970 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4971 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4972 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4973 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4974 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4975 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4976 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4977 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4978 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4979 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4980 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4981 if (FD && 4982 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4983 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4984 // involve a parameter 4985 unsigned ParamNum = 4986 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4987 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4988 } 4989 } 4990 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4991 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4992 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4993 Validator, NewDC))) { 4994 // Trap errors. 4995 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4996 4997 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4998 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4999 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5000 Previous.clear(); 5001 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5002 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5003 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5004 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5005 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5006 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5007 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5008 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5009 } 5010 } 5011 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5012 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5013 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5014 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5015 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5016 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5017 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5018 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5019 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5020 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5021 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5022 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5023 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5024 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5025 Previous.clear(); 5026 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5027 Result = NULL; 5028 } else { 5029 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5030 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5031 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5032 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5033 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5034 } 5035 } 5036 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5037 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5038 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5039 } else { 5040 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5041 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5042 } 5043 } 5044 5045 if (Correction) { 5046 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5047 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5048 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5049 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5050 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5051 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5052 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5053 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5054 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5055 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5056 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5057 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5058 } else { 5059 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5060 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5061 } 5062 5063 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5064 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5065 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5066 5067 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5068 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5069 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5070 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5071 bool FDisConst = false; 5072 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5073 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5074 5075 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5076 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5077 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5078 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5079 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5080 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5081 } else if (Correction) { 5082 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5083 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5084 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5085 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5086 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5087 } else 5088 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5089 } 5090 return Result; 5091} 5092 5093static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5094 Declarator &D) { 5095 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5096 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5097 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5098 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5099 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5100 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5101 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5102 D.setInvalidType(); 5103 break; 5104 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5105 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5106 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5107 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5108 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5109 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5110 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5111 // other than extern 5112 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5113 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5114 diag::err_static_block_func); 5115 break; 5116 } else 5117 return SC_Static; 5118 } 5119 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5120 } 5121 5122 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5123 return SC_None; 5124} 5125 5126static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5127 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5128 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5129 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5130 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5131 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5132 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5133 5134 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5135 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5136 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5137 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5138 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5139 5140 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5141 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5142 // prototype. This true when: 5143 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5144 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5145 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5146 bool HasPrototype = 5147 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5148 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5149 5150 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5151 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5152 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5153 HasPrototype); 5154 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5155 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5156 5157 // Set the lexical context. 5158 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5159 5160 return NewFD; 5161 } 5162 5163 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5164 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5165 5166 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5167 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5168 // the class has been completely parsed. 5169 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5170 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5171 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5172 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5173 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5174 D.setInvalidType(); 5175 5176 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5177 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5178 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5179 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5180 5181 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5182 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5183 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5184 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5185 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5186 isConstexpr); 5187 5188 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5189 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5190 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5191 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5192 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5193 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5194 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5195 D.getLocStart(), 5196 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5197 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5198 5199 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5200 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5201 // it yet. 5202 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 5203 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5204 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5205 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5206 } 5207 5208 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5209 return NewDD; 5210 5211 } else { 5212 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5213 D.setInvalidType(); 5214 5215 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5216 // code path. 5217 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5218 D.getLocStart(), 5219 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5220 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5221 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5222 } 5223 5224 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5225 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5226 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5227 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5228 return 0; 5229 } 5230 5231 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5232 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5233 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5234 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5235 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5236 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5237 5238 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5239 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5240 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5241 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5242 // constructor if it has no return type). 5243 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5244 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5245 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5246 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5247 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5248 return 0; 5249 } 5250 5251 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5252 5253 // [class.free]p1: 5254 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5255 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5256 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5257 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5258 isStatic = true; 5259 5260 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5261 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5262 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5263 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5264 isStatic = true; 5265 5266 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5267 5268 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5269 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5270 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5271 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5272 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5273 5274 } else { 5275 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5276 // prototype. This true when: 5277 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5278 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5279 D.getLocStart(), 5280 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5281 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5282 } 5283} 5284 5285void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5286 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5287 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5288 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5289 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5290 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5291 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5292 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5293 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5294 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5295 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5296 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5297 << IsTypeAlias; 5298 } 5299} 5300 5301NamedDecl* 5302Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5303 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5304 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5305 bool &AddToScope) { 5306 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5307 5308 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5309 5310 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5311 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5312 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5313 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5314 5315 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5316 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5317 5318 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5319 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5320 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5321 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5322 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5323 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5324 5325 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5326 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5327 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5328 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5329 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5330 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5331 } 5332 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5333 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5334 } 5335 5336 bool isFriend = false; 5337 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5338 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5339 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5340 5341 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5342 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5343 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5344 5345 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5346 5347 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5348 isVirtualOkay); 5349 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5350 5351 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5352 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5353 5354 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5355 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5356 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5357 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5358 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5359 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5360 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5361 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5362 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5363 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5364 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5365 } 5366 5367 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5368 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5369 // return true). 5370 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5371 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5372 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5373 NewFD->setPure(true); 5374 } 5375 5376 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5377 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5378 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5379 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5380 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5381 5382 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5383 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5384 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5385 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5386 5387 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5388 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5389 bool Invalid = false; 5390 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5391 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5392 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5393 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5394 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5395 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5396 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5397 isFriend, 5398 isExplicitSpecialization, 5399 Invalid)) { 5400 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5401 // This is a function template 5402 5403 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5404 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5405 return 0; 5406 5407 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5408 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5409 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5410 return 0; 5411 } 5412 5413 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5414 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5415 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5416 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5417 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5418 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5419 Invalid = true; 5420 } 5421 5422 5423 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5424 NewFD->getLocation(), 5425 Name, TemplateParams, 5426 NewFD); 5427 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5428 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5429 5430 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5431 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5432 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5433 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5434 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5435 } 5436 } else { 5437 // This is a function template specialization. 5438 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5439 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5440 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5441 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5442 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5443 5444 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5445 if (isFriend) { 5446 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5447 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5448 5449 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5450 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5451 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5452 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5453 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5454 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5455 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5456 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5457 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5458 } 5459 5460 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5461 << Name << RemoveRange 5462 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5463 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5464 } 5465 } 5466 } 5467 else { 5468 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5469 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5470 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5471 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5472 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5473 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5474 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5475 } 5476 5477 if (Invalid) { 5478 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5479 if (FunctionTemplate) 5480 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5481 } 5482 5483 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5484 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5485 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5486 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5487 // 5488 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5489 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5490 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5491 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5492 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5493 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5494 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5495 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5496 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5497 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5498 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5499 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5500 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5501 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5502 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5503 } else { 5504 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5505 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5506 } 5507 } 5508 5509 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5510 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5511 // declaration. 5512 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5513 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5514 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5515 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5516 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5517 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5518 } 5519 } 5520 5521 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5522 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5523 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5524 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5525 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5526 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5527 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5528 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5529 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5530 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5531 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5532 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5533 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5534 // or conversion function. 5535 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5536 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5537 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5538 } 5539 } 5540 5541 if (isConstexpr) { 5542 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5543 // are implicitly inline. 5544 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5545 5546 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5547 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5548 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5549 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5550 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5551 } 5552 5553 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5554 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5555 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5556 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5557 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5558 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5559 << 0 5560 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5561 } else { 5562 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5563 if (FunctionTemplate) 5564 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5565 } 5566 } 5567 5568 if (isFriend) { 5569 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5570 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5571 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5572 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5573 } 5574 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5575 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5576 } 5577 5578 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5579 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5580 case FDK_Declaration: 5581 case FDK_Definition: 5582 break; 5583 5584 case FDK_Defaulted: 5585 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5586 break; 5587 5588 case FDK_Deleted: 5589 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5590 break; 5591 } 5592 5593 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5594 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5595 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5596 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5597 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5598 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5599 } 5600 5601 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5602 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5603 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5604 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5605 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5606 // the class. 5607 5608 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5609 // member function definition. 5610 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5611 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5612 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5613 } 5614 5615 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5616 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5617 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5618 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5619 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5620 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5621 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5622 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5623 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5624 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5625 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5626 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5627 } 5628 } 5629 5630 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5631 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5632 isExplicitSpecialization || 5633 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5634 5635 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5636 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5637 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5638 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5639 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5640 SE->getString())); 5641 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5642 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5643 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5644 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5645 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5646 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5647 } 5648 } 5649 5650 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5651 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5652 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5653 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5654 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5655 5656 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5657 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5658 // single void argument. 5659 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5660 // already checks for that case. 5661 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5662 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5663 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5664 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5665 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5666 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5667 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5668 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5669 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5670 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5671 Params.push_back(Param); 5672 5673 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5674 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5675 } 5676 } 5677 5678 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5679 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5680 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5681 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5682 // 5683 // @code 5684 // typedef void fn(int); 5685 // fn f; 5686 // @endcode 5687 5688 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5689 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5690 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5691 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5692 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5693 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5694 Params.push_back(Param); 5695 } 5696 } else { 5697 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5698 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5699 } 5700 5701 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5702 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5703 5704 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5705 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5706 // 5707 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5708 // 5709 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5710 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5711 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5712 5713 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5714 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5715 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5716 5717 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5718 // because all functions have linkage. 5719 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5720 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5721 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5722 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5723 } 5724 5725 // Handle attributes. 5726 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5727 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5728 5729 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5730 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5731 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5732 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5733 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5734 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5735 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5736 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5737 Context)); 5738 } 5739 } 5740 5741 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5742 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5743 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5744 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5745 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5746 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5747 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5748 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5749 } 5750 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5751 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5752 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5753 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5754 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5755 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5756 } else { 5757 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5758 // argument list into our AST format. 5759 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5760 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5761 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5762 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5763 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5764 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5765 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5766 TemplateArgs); 5767 5768 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5769 5770 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5771 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5772 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5773 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5774 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5775 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5776 5777 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5778 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5779 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5780 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5781 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5782 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5783 // too few of them). 5784 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5785 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5786 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5787 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5788 "template<> "); 5789 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5790 } else { 5791 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5792 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5793 } 5794 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5795 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5796 // wrote something like: 5797 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5798 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5799 // friend void foo<>(int); 5800 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5801 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5802 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5803 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5804 } 5805 5806 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5807 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5808 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5809 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5810 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5811 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5812 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5813 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5814 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5815 InstantiationDependent))) { 5816 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5817 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5818 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5819 Previous)) 5820 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5821 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5822 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5823 && !isFriend) { 5824 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5825 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5826 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5827 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5828 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5829 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5830 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5831 Previous)) 5832 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5833 5834 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5835 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5836 // specialization (14.7.3) 5837 if (SC != SC_None) { 5838 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5839 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5840 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5841 << SC 5842 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5843 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5844 5845 else 5846 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5847 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5848 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5849 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5850 } 5851 5852 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5853 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5854 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5855 } 5856 5857 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5858 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5859 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5860 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5861 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5862 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5863 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5864 } else { 5865 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5866 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5867 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5868 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5869 } 5870 } 5871 5872 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5873 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5874 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5875 5876 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5877 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5878 : NewFD); 5879 5880 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5881 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5882 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5883 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5884 5885 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5886 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5887 5888 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5889 } 5890 5891 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5892 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5893 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5894 5895 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5896 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5897 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5898 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5899 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5900 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5901 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5902 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5903 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5904 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5905 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5906 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5907 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5908 DC->isDependentContext()) 5909 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5910 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5911 } 5912 5913 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5914 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5915 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5916 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5917 AddToScope }; 5918 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5919 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5920 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5921 5922 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5923 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5924 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5925 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5926 5927 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5928 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5929 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5930 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5931 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5932 // can actually do this check immediately. 5933 if (isFriend && 5934 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5935 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5936 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5937 // ignore these 5938 } else { 5939 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5940 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5941 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5942 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5943 // 5944 // class X { 5945 // void f() const; 5946 // }; 5947 // 5948 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5949 // 5950 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5951 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5952 // whether the parameter types are references). 5953 5954 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5955 NewFD, 5956 ExtraArgs)) { 5957 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5958 return Result; 5959 } 5960 } 5961 5962 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5963 // to something. 5964 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5965 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5966 NewFD, 5967 ExtraArgs)) { 5968 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5969 return Result; 5970 } 5971 } 5972 5973 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5974 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5975 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5976 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5977 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5978 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5979 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5980 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5981 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5982 // generate them. 5983 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5984 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5985 } 5986 } 5987 5988 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5989 5990 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5991 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5992 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5993 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5994 << NewFD; 5995 5996 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5997 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5998 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5999 EPI.Variadic = true; 6000 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6001 6002 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 6003 NewFD->setType(R); 6004 } 6005 6006 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6007 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6008 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 6009 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6010 6011 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6012 // marking the function. 6013 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6014 6015 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6016 // map of such names. 6017 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6018 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6019 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6020 6021 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6022 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6023 6024 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6025 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6026 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6027 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6028 return FunctionTemplate; 6029 } 6030 } 6031 6032 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6033 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6034 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 6035 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6036 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6037 D.setInvalidType(); 6038 } 6039 6040 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6041 6042 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6043 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6044 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6045 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6046 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6047 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6048 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6049 6050 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6051 } 6052 } 6053 6054 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6055 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6056 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6057 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6058 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6059 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6060 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6061 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6062 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6063 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6064 AddToScope = false; 6065 } 6066 6067 return NewFD; 6068} 6069 6070/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6071/// 6072/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6073/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6074/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6075/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6076/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6077/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6078/// via InstantiateDecl). 6079/// 6080/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6081/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6082/// 6083/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6084/// 6085/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6086bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6087 LookupResult &Previous, 6088 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6089 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6090 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6091 6092 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6093 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 6094 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 6095 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 6096 // declaration with the same name. 6097 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6098 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6099 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 6100 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6101 } 6102 6103 bool Redeclaration = false; 6104 6105 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6106 // the same name, if appropriate. 6107 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6108 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6109 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6110 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6111 // function to the scope. 6112 6113 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6114 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6115 Redeclaration = true; 6116 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6117 } else { 6118 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6119 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6120 case Ovl_Match: 6121 Redeclaration = true; 6122 break; 6123 6124 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6125 Redeclaration = true; 6126 break; 6127 6128 case Ovl_Overload: 6129 Redeclaration = false; 6130 break; 6131 } 6132 6133 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6134 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6135 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6136 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6137 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6138 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6139 if (Redeclaration) 6140 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6141 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6142 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6143 if (OverloadedDecl) 6144 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6145 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6146 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6147 Context)); 6148 } 6149 } 6150 6151 if (Redeclaration) { 6152 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6153 // merged. 6154 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6155 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6156 return Redeclaration; 6157 } 6158 6159 Previous.clear(); 6160 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6161 6162 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6163 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6164 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6165 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6166 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6167 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6168 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6169 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6170 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6171 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6172 } 6173 6174 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6175 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6176 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6177 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6178 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6179 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6180 } 6181 6182 } else { 6183 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6184 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6185 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6186 } 6187 } 6188 } 6189 6190 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6191 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6192 // C++-specific checks. 6193 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6194 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6195 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6196 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6197 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6198 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6199 6200 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6201 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6202 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6203 DeclarationName Name 6204 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6205 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6206 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6207 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6208 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6209 return Redeclaration; 6210 } 6211 } 6212 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6213 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6214 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6215 } 6216 6217 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6218 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6219 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6220 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6221 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6222 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6223 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6224 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6225 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6226 } 6227 } 6228 } 6229 6230 if (Method->isStatic()) 6231 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6232 } 6233 6234 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6235 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6236 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6237 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6238 return Redeclaration; 6239 } 6240 6241 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6242 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6243 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6244 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6245 return Redeclaration; 6246 } 6247 6248 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6249 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6250 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6251 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6252 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6253 6254 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6255 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6256 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6257 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6258 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6259 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6260 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6261 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6262 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6263 } 6264 } 6265 6266 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6267 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6268 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6269 if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 6270 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6271 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6272 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6273 << NewFD << R; 6274 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6275 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6276 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6277 } 6278 } 6279 return Redeclaration; 6280} 6281 6282void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6283 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6284 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6285 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6286 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6287 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6288 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6289 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6290 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6291 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6292 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6293 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6294 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6295 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6296 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6297 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6298 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6299 } 6300 6301 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6302 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6303 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6304 6305 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6306 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6307 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6308 // set the flag which tells us that. 6309 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6310 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6311 6312 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6313 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6314 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6315 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6316 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6317 6318 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6319 } else { 6320 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6321 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6322 } 6323 6324 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6325 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6326 6327 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6328 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6329 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6330 6331 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6332 6333 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6334 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6335 // getting shifty. 6336 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6337 HasExtraParameters = false; 6338 6339 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6340 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6341 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6342 nparams = 3; 6343 } 6344 6345 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6346 // if we had some location information about types. 6347 6348 QualType CharPP = 6349 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6350 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6351 6352 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6353 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6354 6355 bool mismatch = true; 6356 6357 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6358 mismatch = false; 6359 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6360 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6361 // char const ** 6362 // char const * const * 6363 // char * const * 6364 6365 QualifierCollector qs; 6366 const PointerType* PT; 6367 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6368 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6369 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6370 qs.removeConst(); 6371 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6372 } 6373 } 6374 6375 if (mismatch) { 6376 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6377 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6378 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6379 } 6380 } 6381 6382 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6383 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6384 } 6385 6386 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6387 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6388 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6389 } 6390} 6391 6392bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6393 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6394 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6395 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6396 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6397 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6398 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6399 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6400 // rules there don't matter.) 6401 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6402 return false; 6403 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6404 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6405 return true; 6406} 6407 6408namespace { 6409 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6410 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6411 class SelfReferenceChecker 6412 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6413 Sema &S; 6414 Decl *OrigDecl; 6415 bool isRecordType; 6416 bool isPODType; 6417 bool isReferenceType; 6418 6419 public: 6420 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6421 6422 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6423 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6424 isPODType = false; 6425 isRecordType = false; 6426 isReferenceType = false; 6427 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6428 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6429 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6430 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6431 } 6432 } 6433 6434 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6435 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6436 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6437 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6438 if (isReferenceType) 6439 return; 6440 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6441 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6442 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6443 return; 6444 } 6445 6446 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6447 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6448 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6449 return; 6450 } 6451 6452 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6453 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6454 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6455 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6456 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6457 return; 6458 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6459 } 6460 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6461 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6462 return; 6463 } 6464 } 6465 6466 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6467 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6468 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6469 if (isReferenceType) 6470 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6471 } 6472 6473 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6474 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6475 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6476 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6477 6478 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6479 } 6480 6481 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6482 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6483 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6484 6485 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6486 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6487 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6488 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6489 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6490 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6491 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6492 Warn = false; 6493 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6494 } 6495 6496 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6497 if (Warn) 6498 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6499 return; 6500 } 6501 6502 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6503 // Visit that expression. 6504 Visit(Base); 6505 } 6506 6507 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6508 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6509 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6510 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6511 if (!isPODType) 6512 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6513 return; 6514 } 6515 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6516 } 6517 6518 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6519 6520 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6521 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6522 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6523 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6524 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6525 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6526 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6527 S.PDiag(diag) 6528 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6529 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6530 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6531 } 6532 }; 6533 6534 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6535 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6536 bool DirectInit) { 6537 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6538 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6539 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6540 return; 6541 6542 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6543 6544 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6545 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6546 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6547 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6548 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6549 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6550 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6551 return; 6552 6553 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6554 } 6555} 6556 6557/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6558/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6559/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6560void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6561 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6562 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6563 // the initializer. 6564 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6565 return; 6566 6567 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6568 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6569 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6570 // Thus this grotesque test. 6571 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6572 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6573 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6574 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6575 else { 6576 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6577 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6578 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6579 } 6580 return; 6581 } 6582 6583 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6584 if (!VDecl) { 6585 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6586 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6587 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6588 return; 6589 } 6590 6591 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6592 6593 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6594 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6595 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6596 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6597 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6598 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6599 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6600 // contains exactly one expression. 6601 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6602 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6603 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6604 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6605 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6606 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6607 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6608 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6609 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6610 return; 6611 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6612 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6613 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6614 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6615 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6616 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6617 return; 6618 } else { 6619 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6620 } 6621 } 6622 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6623 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6624 DAR_Failed) 6625 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6626 if (!DeducedType) { 6627 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6628 return; 6629 } 6630 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6631 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6632 VDecl->ClearLVCache(); 6633 6634 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6635 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6636 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6637 6638 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6639 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6640 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6641 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6642 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6643 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6644 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6645 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6646 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6647 } 6648 6649 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6650 // the previously declared type. 6651 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6652 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6653 } 6654 6655 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6656 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6657 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6658 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6659 return; 6660 } 6661 6662 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6663 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6664 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6665 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6666 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6667 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6668 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6669 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6670 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6671 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6672 return; 6673 } 6674 6675 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6676 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6677 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6678 AbstractVariableType)) 6679 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6680 } 6681 6682 const VarDecl *Def; 6683 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6684 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6685 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6686 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6687 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6688 return; 6689 } 6690 6691 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6692 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6693 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6694 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6695 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6696 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6697 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6698 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6699 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6700 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6701 // 6702 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6703 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6704 // declaration with an initializer. 6705 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6706 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6707 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6708 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6709 return; 6710 } 6711 6712 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6713 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6714 6715 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6716 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6717 return; 6718 } 6719 } 6720 6721 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6722 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6723 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6724 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6725 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6726 return; 6727 } 6728 6729 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6730 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6731 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6732 6733 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6734 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6735 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6736 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6737 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6738 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6739 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6740 return; 6741 } 6742 Init = Result.take(); 6743 } 6744 6745 // Perform the initialization. 6746 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6747 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6748 InitializationKind Kind 6749 = DirectInit ? 6750 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6751 Init->getLocStart(), 6752 Init->getLocEnd()) 6753 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6754 VDecl->getLocation()) 6755 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6756 Init->getLocStart()); 6757 6758 Expr **Args = &Init; 6759 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6760 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6761 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6762 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6763 } 6764 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6765 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6766 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6767 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6768 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6769 return; 6770 } 6771 6772 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6773 } 6774 6775 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6776 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6777 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6778 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 6779 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6780 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 6781 } 6782 6783 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6784 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6785 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6786 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6787 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6788 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6789 6790 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6791 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6792 6793 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6794 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6795 6796 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6797 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 6798 6799 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 6800 // Although this code can still have problems: 6801 // id x = self.weakProp; 6802 // id y = self.weakProp; 6803 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 6804 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 6805 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 6806 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 6807 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 6808 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 6809 Init->getLocStart()); 6810 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6811 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 6812 } 6813 } 6814 6815 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6816 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6817 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6818 6819 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6820 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6821 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6822 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6823 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6824 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6825 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6826 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6827 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6828 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6829 // 6830 // struct S { 6831 // static const int value = 17; 6832 // }; 6833 6834 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6835 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6836 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6837 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6838 // 6839 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6840 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6841 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6842 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6843 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6844 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6845 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6846 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6847 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6848 6849 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6850 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6851 6852 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6853 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6854 // type. 6855 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6856 6857 // Require constness. 6858 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6859 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6860 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6861 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6862 6863 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6864 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6865 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6866 SourceLocation Loc; 6867 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6868 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6869 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6870 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6871 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6872 ; // Nothing to check. 6873 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6874 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6875 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6876 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6877 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6878 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6879 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6880 } else { 6881 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6882 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6883 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6884 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6885 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6886 } 6887 6888 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6889 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6890 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6891 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6892 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 6893 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6894 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6895 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6896 6897 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6898 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6899 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6900 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6901 } 6902 6903 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6904 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6905 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6906 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6907 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6908 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6909 6910 } else { 6911 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6912 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6913 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6914 } 6915 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6916 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6917 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6918 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6919 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6920 6921 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6922 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6923 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6924 } 6925 6926 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6927 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6928 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6929 // 6930 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6931 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6932 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6933 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6934 // special case code. 6935 6936 // C++ 8.5p11: 6937 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6938 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6939 // class type. 6940 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6941 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6942 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6943 } else if (DirectInit) { 6944 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6945 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6946 } 6947 6948 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6949} 6950 6951/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6952/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6953/// of sanity. 6954void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6955 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6956 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6957 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6958 6959 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6960 if (!VD) return; 6961 6962 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6963 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6964 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6965 return; 6966 } 6967 6968 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6969 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6970 6971 // Require a complete type. 6972 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6973 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6974 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6975 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6976 return; 6977 } 6978 6979 // Require an abstract type. 6980 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6981 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6982 AbstractVariableType)) { 6983 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6984 return; 6985 } 6986 6987 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6988 // though. 6989} 6990 6991void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6992 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6993 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6994 if (RealDecl == 0) 6995 return; 6996 6997 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6998 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6999 7000 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7001 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7002 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7003 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7004 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7005 return; 7006 } 7007 7008 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7009 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7010 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7011 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7012 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7013 // member. 7014 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7015 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7016 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7017 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7018 << Var->getDeclName(); 7019 else 7020 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7021 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7022 return; 7023 } 7024 7025 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7026 case VarDecl::Definition: 7027 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7028 break; 7029 7030 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7031 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7032 // a declaration. 7033 // 7034 // Fall through 7035 7036 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7037 // It's only a declaration. 7038 7039 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7040 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7041 // object shall be complete. 7042 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7043 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7044 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7045 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7046 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7047 7048 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7049 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7050 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7051 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7052 AbstractVariableType)) 7053 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7054 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7055 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7056 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7057 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7058 } 7059 7060 return; 7061 7062 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7063 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7064 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7065 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7066 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7067 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7068 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7069 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7070 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7071 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7072 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7073 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7074 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7075 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7076 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7077 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7078 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7079 // NOTE: code such as the following 7080 // static struct s; 7081 // struct s { int a; }; 7082 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7083 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7084 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7085 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7086 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7087 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7088 } 7089 } 7090 7091 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7092 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7093 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7094 return; 7095 } 7096 7097 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7098 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7099 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7100 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7101 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7102 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7103 return; 7104 } 7105 7106 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7107 // definitions with reference type. 7108 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7109 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7110 << Var->getDeclName() 7111 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7112 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7113 return; 7114 } 7115 7116 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7117 // variable with dependent type. 7118 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7119 return; 7120 7121 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7122 return; 7123 7124 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7125 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7126 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7127 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7128 return; 7129 } 7130 7131 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7132 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7133 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7134 AbstractVariableType)) { 7135 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7136 return; 7137 } 7138 7139 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7140 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7141 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7142 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7143 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7144 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7145 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7146 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7147 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7148 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7149 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7150 if (const RecordType *Record 7151 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7152 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7153 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7154 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7155 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7156 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7157 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7158 } 7159 } 7160 7161 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7162 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7163 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7164 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7165 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7166 // type shall have a user-declared default 7167 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7168 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7169 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7170 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7171 // program is ill-formed. 7172 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7173 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7174 // default-initialized; [...]. 7175 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7176 InitializationKind Kind 7177 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7178 7179 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7180 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7181 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7182 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7183 else if (Init.get()) { 7184 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7185 // This is important for template substitution. 7186 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7187 } 7188 7189 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7190 } 7191} 7192 7193void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7194 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7195 if (!VD) { 7196 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7197 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7198 return; 7199 } 7200 7201 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7202 7203 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7204 int Error = -1; 7205 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7206 case SC_None: 7207 break; 7208 case SC_Extern: 7209 Error = 0; 7210 break; 7211 case SC_Static: 7212 Error = 1; 7213 break; 7214 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7215 Error = 2; 7216 break; 7217 case SC_Auto: 7218 Error = 3; 7219 break; 7220 case SC_Register: 7221 Error = 4; 7222 break; 7223 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7224 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7225 } 7226 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7227 Error = 5; 7228 if (Error != -1) { 7229 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7230 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7231 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7232 } 7233} 7234 7235void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7236 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7237 7238 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7239 // local retaining variable. 7240 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7241 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7242 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7243 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7244 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7245 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7246 break; 7247 7248 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7249 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7250 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7251 break; 7252 } 7253 } 7254 7255 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7256 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && 7257 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7258 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7259 var->getLocation())) { 7260 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7261 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7262 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7263 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7264 7265 if (!prev) 7266 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7267 } 7268 7269 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7270 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7271 7272 QualType type = var->getType(); 7273 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7274 7275 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7276 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7277 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7278 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7279 7280 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7281 // constructing this copy. 7282 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7283 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7284 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7285 ExprResult result = 7286 PerformCopyInitialization( 7287 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7288 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7289 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7290 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7291 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7292 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7293 } 7294 } 7295 } 7296 7297 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7298 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7299 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7300 7301 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7302 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7303 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7304 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7305 var->getLocation()) 7306 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7307 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7308 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7309 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7310 7311 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7312 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7313 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7314 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7315 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7316 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7317 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7318 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7319 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7320 Notes.clear(); 7321 } 7322 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7323 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7324 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7325 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7326 } 7327 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7328 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7329 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7330 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7331 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7332 } 7333 } 7334 7335 // Require the destructor. 7336 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7337 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7338} 7339 7340/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7341/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7342void 7343Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7344 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7345 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7346 7347 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7348 // tag values. 7349 if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 7350 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7351 if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7352 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7353 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7354 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7355 I != E; ++I) { 7356 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7357 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7358 continue; 7359 } 7360 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7361 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7362 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7363 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7364 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7365 continue; 7366 } 7367 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7368 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7369 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7370 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7371 continue; 7372 } 7373 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7374 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7375 MagicValue, 7376 I->getMatchingCType(), 7377 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7378 I->getMustBeNull()); 7379 } 7380 } 7381 } 7382} 7383 7384Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7385Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7386 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7387 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7388 7389 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7390 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7391 7392 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7393 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7394 Decls.push_back(D); 7395 7396 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7397 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7398 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7399 7400 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7401 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7402} 7403 7404/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7405/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7406Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7407Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7408 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7409 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7410 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7411 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7412 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7413 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7414 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7415 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7416 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7417 QualType Deduced; 7418 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7419 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7420 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7421 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7422 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7423 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7424 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7425 break; 7426 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7427 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7428 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7429 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7430 Deduced = U; 7431 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7432 DeducedDecl = D; 7433 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7434 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7435 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7436 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7437 << U << D->getDeclName() 7438 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7439 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7440 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7441 break; 7442 } 7443 } 7444 } 7445 } 7446 } 7447 7448 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7449 7450 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7451} 7452 7453void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7454 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7455} 7456 7457void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7458 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7459 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7460 return; 7461 7462 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7463 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7464 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7465 return; 7466 7467 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7468 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7469 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7470 // additional declaration references: 7471 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7472 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7473 // 'struct S *pS;' 7474 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7475 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7476 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7477 Group++; 7478 NumDecls--; 7479 } 7480 } 7481 7482 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7483 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7484 if (!Comments.empty() && 7485 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7486 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7487 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7488 // 7489 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7490 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7491 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7492 // ahead through comments. 7493 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7494 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7495 } 7496} 7497 7498/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7499/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7500Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7501 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7502 7503 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7504 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7505 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7506 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7507 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7508 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7509 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7510 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7511 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7512 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7513 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7514 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7515 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7516 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7517 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7518 } 7519 7520 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7521 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7522 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7523 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7524 << 0; 7525 7526 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7527 7528 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7529 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7530 7531 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7532 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7533 // parameter. 7534 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7535 7536 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7537 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7538 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7539 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7540 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7541 } 7542 } 7543 7544 // Ensure we have a valid name 7545 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7546 if (D.hasName()) { 7547 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7548 if (!II) { 7549 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7550 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7551 D.setInvalidType(true); 7552 } 7553 } 7554 7555 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7556 if (II) { 7557 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7558 ForRedeclaration); 7559 LookupName(R, S); 7560 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7561 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7562 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7563 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7564 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7565 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7566 PrevDecl = 0; 7567 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7568 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7569 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7570 7571 // Recover by removing the name 7572 II = 0; 7573 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7574 D.setInvalidType(true); 7575 } 7576 } 7577 } 7578 7579 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7580 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7581 // looking like class members in C++. 7582 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7583 D.getLocStart(), 7584 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7585 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7586 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7587 7588 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7589 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7590 7591 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7592 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7593 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7594 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7595 7596 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7597 S->AddDecl(New); 7598 if (II) 7599 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7600 7601 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7602 7603 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7604 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7605 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7606 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7607 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7608 7609 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7610 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7611 } 7612 return New; 7613} 7614 7615/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7616/// typedef. 7617ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7618 SourceLocation Loc, 7619 QualType T) { 7620 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7621 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7622 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7623 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7624 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7625 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7626 Param->setImplicit(); 7627 return Param; 7628} 7629 7630void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7631 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7632 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7633 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7634 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7635 return; 7636 7637 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7638 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7639 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7640 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7641 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7642 } 7643 } 7644} 7645 7646void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7647 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7648 QualType ReturnTy, 7649 NamedDecl *D) { 7650 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7651 return; 7652 7653 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7654 // threshold. 7655 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7656 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7657 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7658 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7659 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7660 } 7661 7662 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7663 // threshold. 7664 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7665 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7666 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7667 continue; 7668 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7669 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7670 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7671 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7672 } 7673} 7674 7675ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7676 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7677 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7678 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7679 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7680 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7681 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7682 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7683 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7684 7685 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7686 7687 // Special cases for arrays: 7688 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7689 // - otherwise, it's an error 7690 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7691 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7692 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7693 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7694 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7695 } 7696 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7697 } else { 7698 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7699 } 7700 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7701 } 7702 7703 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7704 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7705 TSInfo, 7706 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7707 0); 7708 7709 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7710 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7711 // the class has been completely parsed. 7712 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7713 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7714 AbstractParamType)) 7715 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7716 7717 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7718 // passed by reference. 7719 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7720 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7721 Diag(NameLoc, 7722 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7723 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7724 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7725 New->setType(T); 7726 } 7727 7728 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7729 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7730 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7731 // an address space. 7732 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7733 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7734 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7735 } 7736 7737 return New; 7738} 7739 7740void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7741 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7742 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7743 7744 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7745 // for a K&R function. 7746 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7747 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7748 --i; 7749 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7750 SmallString<256> Code; 7751 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7752 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7753 << ";\n"; 7754 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7755 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7756 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7757 7758 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7759 // type. 7760 AttributeFactory attrs; 7761 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7762 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7763 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7764 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7765 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7766 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 7767 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7768 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7769 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7770 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7771 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7772 } 7773 } 7774 } 7775} 7776 7777Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7778 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7779 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7780 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7781 7782 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7783 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7784 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7785} 7786 7787static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7788 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7789 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7790 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7791 return false; 7792 7793 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7794 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7795 return false; 7796 7797 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7798 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7799 return false; 7800 7801 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7802 if (FD->isMain()) 7803 return false; 7804 7805 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7806 if (FD->isInlined()) 7807 return false; 7808 7809 // Don't warn about function templates. 7810 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7811 return false; 7812 7813 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7814 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7815 return false; 7816 7817 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7818 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7819 return false; 7820 7821 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7822 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7823 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7824 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7825 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7826 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7827 continue; 7828 7829 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7830 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 7831 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 7832 break; 7833 } 7834 7835 return MissingPrototype; 7836} 7837 7838void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7839 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7840 // was an extern inline function. 7841 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7842 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7843 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7844 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7845 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7846 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7847 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7848 else 7849 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7850 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7851 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7852 } 7853} 7854 7855Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7856 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7857 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7858 7859 if (!D) 7860 return D; 7861 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7862 7863 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7864 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7865 else 7866 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7867 7868 // Enter a new function scope 7869 PushFunctionScope(); 7870 7871 // See if this is a redefinition. 7872 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7873 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7874 7875 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7876 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7877 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7878 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7879 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7880 } 7881 } 7882 7883 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7884 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7885 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7886 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7887 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7888 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7889 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7890 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7891 7892 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7893 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7894 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7895 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7896 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7897 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 7898 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 7899 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7900 7901 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7902 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 7903 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 7904 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7905 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 7906 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL)) 7907 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 7908 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 7909 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 7910 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void"); 7911 } 7912 } 7913 7914 if (FnBodyScope) 7915 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7916 7917 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7918 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7919 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7920 7921 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7922 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7923 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7924 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7925 7926 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7927 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7928 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7929 7930 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7931 } 7932 } 7933 7934 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7935 // introduce them into the function scope. 7936 if (FnBodyScope) { 7937 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7938 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7939 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7940 7941 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7942 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7943 // and reattach to the current context. 7944 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7945 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7946 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7947 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7948 if (*DI == D) { 7949 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7950 break; 7951 } 7952 } 7953 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7954 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7955 } 7956 7957 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7958 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7959 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7960 7961 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7962 // accessible in this scope. 7963 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7964 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7965 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7966 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7967 } 7968 } 7969 } 7970 7971 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7972 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7973 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7974 7975 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7976 // dllimport attribute. 7977 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7978 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7979 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7980 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7981 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7982 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7983 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7984 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7985 << "dllimport"; 7986 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7987 return D; 7988 } 7989 7990 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7991 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7992 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7993 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7994 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7995 // emitted. 7996 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7997 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7998 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7999 } 8000 } 8001 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8002 // a function template). 8003 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8004 return D; 8005} 8006 8007/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8008/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8009/// optimization. 8010/// 8011/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8012/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8013/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8014/// use the named return value optimization. 8015/// 8016/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8017/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8018/// the NRVO variable. 8019/// 8020/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8021/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8022/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8023void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8024 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8025 8026 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8027 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8028 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8029 return; 8030 8031 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8032 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8033 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8034 return; 8035 } 8036 8037 if (NRVOCandidate) 8038 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8039} 8040 8041bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8042 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8043 return false; 8044 8045 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8046 return true; 8047 8048 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8049 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8050 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8051 else 8052 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8053 8054 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8055 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8056 // rest of the file. 8057 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8058} 8059 8060Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8062 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8063 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8064 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8065 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8066} 8067 8068Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8069 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8070} 8071 8072Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8073 bool IsInstantiation) { 8074 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8075 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8076 if (FunTmpl) 8077 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8078 else 8079 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8080 8081 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8082 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8083 8084 if (FD) { 8085 FD->setBody(Body); 8086 8087 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8088 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8089 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8090 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8091 8092 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8093 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8094 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8095 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8096 8097 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8098 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8099 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8100 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8101 8102 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8103 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8104 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8105 8106 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8107 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8108 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8109 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8110 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8111 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8112 } 8113 8114 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8115 "Function parsing confused"); 8116 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8117 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8118 MD->setBody(Body); 8119 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8120 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8121 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8122 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8123 8124 if (Body) 8125 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8126 } 8127 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8128 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8129 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8130 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8131 } 8132 } else { 8133 return 0; 8134 } 8135 8136 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8137 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8138 "handled in the block above."); 8139 8140 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8141 if (Body) { 8142 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8143 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8144 // Verify this. 8145 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8146 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8147 8148 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8149 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8150 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8151 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8152 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8153 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8154 8155 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8156 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8157 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8158 8159 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8160 Destructor->getParent()); 8161 } 8162 8163 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8164 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8165 // deletion in some later function. 8166 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8167 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8168 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8169 } 8170 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8171 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8172 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8173 // enabled. 8174 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8175 } 8176 8177 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8178 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8179 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8180 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8181 8182 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8183 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8184 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8185 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8186 } 8187 8188 if (!IsInstantiation) 8189 PopDeclContext(); 8190 8191 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8192 8193 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8194 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8195 // deletion in some later function. 8196 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8197 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8198 } 8199 8200 return dcl; 8201} 8202 8203 8204/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8205/// relevant Decl. 8206void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8207 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8208 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8209 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8210 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8211 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8212 8213 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8214 if (Method->isStatic()) 8215 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8216} 8217 8218 8219/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8220/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8221NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8222 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8223 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8224 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8225 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8226 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8227 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8228 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 8229 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 8230 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8231 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8232 return Pos->second; 8233 } 8234 8235 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8236 unsigned diag_id; 8237 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8238 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8239 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8240 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8241 else 8242 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8243 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8244 8245 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8246 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8247 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8248 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8249 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8250 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8251 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8252 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8253 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8254 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8255 8256 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8257 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8258 8259 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8260 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8261 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8262 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8263 } 8264 } 8265 8266 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8267 const char *Dummy; 8268 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8269 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8270 unsigned DiagID; 8271 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8272 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8273 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8274 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8275 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8276 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8277 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8278 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8279 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8280 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8281 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8282 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8283 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8284 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8285 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8286 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8287 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8288 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8289 EST_None, 8290 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8291 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8292 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8293 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8294 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8295 Loc, Loc, D), 8296 DS.getAttributes(), 8297 SourceLocation()); 8298 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8299 8300 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8301 8302 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8303 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8304 8305 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8306 FD->setImplicit(); 8307 8308 CurContext = PrevDC; 8309 8310 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8311 8312 return FD; 8313} 8314 8315/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8316/// the declaration of this function. 8317/// 8318/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8319/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8320/// like NSLog or printf. 8321/// 8322/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8323/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8324void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8325 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8326 return; 8327 8328 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8329 // actual attributes. 8330 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8331 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8332 unsigned FormatIdx; 8333 bool HasVAListArg; 8334 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8335 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8336 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8337 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8338 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8339 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8340 fmt = "NSString"; 8341 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8342 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8343 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8344 } 8345 } 8346 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8347 HasVAListArg)) { 8348 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8349 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8350 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8351 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8352 } 8353 8354 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8355 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8356 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8357 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8358 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8359 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8360 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8361 } 8362 8363 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8364 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8365 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8366 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8367 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8368 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8369 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8370 } 8371 8372 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8373 if (!Name) 8374 return; 8375 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8376 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8377 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8378 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8379 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8380 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8381 // about. 8382 } else 8383 return; 8384 8385 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8386 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8387 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8388 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8389 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8390 "printf", 2, 8391 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8392 } 8393 8394 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8395 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8396 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8397 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8398 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8399 } 8400} 8401 8402TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8403 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8404 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8405 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8406 8407 if (!TInfo) { 8408 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8409 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8410 } 8411 8412 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8413 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8414 D.getLocStart(), 8415 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8416 D.getIdentifier(), 8417 TInfo); 8418 8419 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8420 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8421 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8422 return NewTD; 8423 } 8424 8425 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8426 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8427 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8428 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8429 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8430 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8431 else 8432 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8433 } 8434 8435 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8436 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8437 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8438 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8439 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8440 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8441 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8442 case TST_enum: 8443 case TST_struct: 8444 case TST_interface: 8445 case TST_union: 8446 case TST_class: { 8447 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8448 8449 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8450 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8451 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8452 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8453 8454 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8455 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8456 8457 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8458 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8459 break; 8460 8461 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8462 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8463 break; 8464 } 8465 8466 default: 8467 break; 8468 } 8469 8470 return NewTD; 8471} 8472 8473 8474/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8475bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8476 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8477 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8478 8479 if (T->isDependentType()) 8480 return false; 8481 8482 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 8483 if (BT->isInteger()) 8484 return false; 8485 8486 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8487 return true; 8488} 8489 8490/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8491/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8492bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8493 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8494 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8495 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8496 8497 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8498 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8499 << Prev->isScoped(); 8500 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8501 return true; 8502 } 8503 8504 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8505 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8506 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8507 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8508 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8509 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8510 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8511 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8512 return true; 8513 } 8514 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8515 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8516 << Prev->isFixed(); 8517 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8518 return true; 8519 } 8520 8521 return false; 8522} 8523 8524/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8525/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8526/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8527/// 8528/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8529static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8530 switch (Tag) { 8531 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8532 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8533 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8534 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8535 } 8536} 8537 8538/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8539/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8540/// 8541/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8542static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8543{ 8544 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8545} 8546 8547/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8548/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8549/// 8550/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8551bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8552 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8553 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8554 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8555 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8556 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8557 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8558 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8559 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8560 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8561 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8562 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8563 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8564 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8565 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8566 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8567 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8568 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8569 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8570 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8571 return true; 8572 8573 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8574 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8575 bool isTemplate = false; 8576 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8577 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8578 8579 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8580 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8581 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8582 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8583 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8584 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8585 return true; 8586 } 8587 8588 if (isDefinition) { 8589 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8590 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8591 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8592 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8593 return true; 8594 } 8595 8596 bool previousMismatch = false; 8597 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8598 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8599 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8600 if (!previousMismatch) { 8601 previousMismatch = true; 8602 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8603 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8604 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8605 } 8606 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8607 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8608 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8609 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8610 } 8611 } 8612 return true; 8613 } 8614 8615 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8616 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8617 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8618 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8619 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8620 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8621 return true; 8622 } 8623 8624 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8625 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8626 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8627 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8628 8629 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8630 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8631 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8632 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8633 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8634 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8635 } 8636 8637 return true; 8638 } 8639 return false; 8640} 8641 8642/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8643/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8644/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8645/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8646Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8647 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8648 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8649 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8650 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8651 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8652 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8653 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8654 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8655 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8656 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8657 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8658 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8659 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8660 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8661 8662 OwnedDecl = false; 8663 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8664 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8665 8666 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8667 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8668 bool Invalid = false; 8669 8670 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8671 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8672 // for non-C++ cases. 8673 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8674 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8675 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8676 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8677 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8678 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8679 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8680 isExplicitSpecialization, 8681 Invalid)) { 8682 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8683 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8684 // be a member of another template). 8685 8686 if (Invalid) 8687 return 0; 8688 8689 OwnedDecl = false; 8690 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8691 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8692 TemplateParams, AS, 8693 ModulePrivateLoc, 8694 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8695 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8696 return Result.get(); 8697 } else { 8698 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8699 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8700 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8701 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8702 } 8703 } 8704 } 8705 8706 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8707 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8708 // redeclaration. 8709 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8710 8711 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8712 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8713 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8714 // type, default to int. 8715 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8716 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8717 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8718 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8719 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8720 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8721 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8722 8723 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8724 // Recover by falling back to int. 8725 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8726 8727 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8728 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8729 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8730 8731 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8732 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8733 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8734 } 8735 8736 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8737 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8738 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8739 8740 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8741 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8742 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8743 8744 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8745 8746 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8747 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8748 8749 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8750 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8751 Name = 0; 8752 goto CreateNewDecl; 8753 } 8754 8755 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8756 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8757 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8758 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8759 if (!DC) { 8760 IsDependent = true; 8761 return 0; 8762 } 8763 } else { 8764 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8765 if (!DC) { 8766 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8767 << SS.getRange(); 8768 return 0; 8769 } 8770 } 8771 8772 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8773 return 0; 8774 8775 SearchDC = DC; 8776 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8777 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8778 8779 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8780 return 0; 8781 8782 if (Previous.empty()) { 8783 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8784 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8785 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8786 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8787 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8788 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8789 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8790 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8791 IsDependent = true; 8792 return 0; 8793 } 8794 8795 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8796 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8797 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8798 Name = 0; 8799 Invalid = true; 8800 goto CreateNewDecl; 8801 } 8802 } else if (Name) { 8803 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8804 // declaration or definition. 8805 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8806 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8807 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8808 LookupName(Previous, S); 8809 8810 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8811 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8812 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8813 while (F.hasNext()) { 8814 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8815 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8816 F.erase(); 8817 } 8818 F.done(); 8819 } 8820 8821 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8822 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8823 return 0; 8824 8825 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8826 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8827 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8828 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8829 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8830 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8831 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8832 } 8833 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8834 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8835 // initial context to the translation unit. 8836 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8837 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8838 } 8839 8840 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8841 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8842 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8843 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8844 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8845 Previous.clear(); 8846 } 8847 8848 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8849 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8850 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8851 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8852 8853 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8854 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8855 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8856 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8857 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8858 } 8859 } 8860 8861 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8862 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8863 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8864 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8865 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8866 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8867 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8868 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8869 8870 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8871 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8872 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8873 // 8874 // class-key identifier 8875 // 8876 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8877 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8878 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8879 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8880 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8881 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8882 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8883 // declaration. 8884 // 8885 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8886 // C structs and unions. 8887 // 8888 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8889 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8890 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8891 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8892 // 8893 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8894 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8895 // 8896 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8897 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8898 // lexical context, 8899 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8900 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8901 8902 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8903 while (S->isClassScope() || 8904 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8905 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8906 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8907 (S->getEntity() && 8908 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8909 S = S->getParent(); 8910 } else { 8911 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8912 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8913 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8914 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8915 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8916 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8917 } 8918 8919 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8920 // diagnose some problems. 8921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8922 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8923 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8924 } 8925 } 8926 8927 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8928 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8929 8930 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8931 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8932 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8933 // in C++. 8934 // 8935 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8936 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8937 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8938 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8940 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8941 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8942 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8943 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8944 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8945 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8946 PrevDecl = Tag; 8947 Previous.clear(); 8948 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8949 Previous.resolveKind(); 8950 } 8951 } 8952 } 8953 } 8954 8955 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8956 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8957 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8958 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8959 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8960 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8961 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8962 // struct or something similar. 8963 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8964 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8965 *Name)) { 8966 bool SafeToContinue 8967 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8968 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8969 if (SafeToContinue) 8970 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8971 << Name 8972 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8973 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8974 else 8975 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8976 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8977 8978 if (SafeToContinue) 8979 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8980 else { 8981 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8982 Name = 0; 8983 Previous.clear(); 8984 Invalid = true; 8985 } 8986 } 8987 8988 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8989 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8990 8991 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8992 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8993 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8994 if (ScopedEnum) 8995 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8996 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8997 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8998 return PrevTagDecl; 8999 } 9000 9001 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9002 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9003 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9004 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9005 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9006 9007 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9008 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9009 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9010 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9011 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9012 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9013 } 9014 9015 if (!Invalid) { 9016 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9017 9018 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9019 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9020 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9021 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9022 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9023 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9024 return PrevTagDecl; 9025 9026 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9027 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9028 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9029 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9030 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9031 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9032 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9033 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9034 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9035 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9036 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9037 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9038 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9039 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9040 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9041 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9042 } 9043 9044 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9045 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9046 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9047 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9048 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9049 else 9050 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9051 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9052 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9053 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9054 // references get the previous definition. 9055 Name = 0; 9056 Previous.clear(); 9057 Invalid = true; 9058 } 9059 } else { 9060 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9061 // about a nested redefinition. 9062 const TagType *Tag 9063 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9064 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9065 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9066 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9067 diag::note_previous_definition); 9068 Name = 0; 9069 Previous.clear(); 9070 Invalid = true; 9071 } 9072 } 9073 9074 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9075 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9076 } 9077 } 9078 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9079 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9080 9081 } else { 9082 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9083 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9084 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9085 // have distinct types. 9086 Previous.clear(); 9087 } 9088 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9089 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9090 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9091 9092 9093 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9094 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9095 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9096 } else { 9097 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9098 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9099 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9100 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9101 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9102 unsigned Kind = 0; 9103 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9104 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9105 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9106 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9107 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9108 Invalid = true; 9109 9110 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9111 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9112 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9113 // do nothing 9114 9115 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9116 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9117 unsigned Kind = 0; 9118 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9119 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9120 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9121 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9122 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9123 Invalid = true; 9124 9125 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9126 // case here. 9127 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9128 unsigned Kind = 0; 9129 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9130 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9131 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9132 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9133 Invalid = true; 9134 9135 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9136 } else { 9137 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9138 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9139 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9140 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9141 Name = 0; 9142 Invalid = true; 9143 } 9144 9145 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9146 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9147 Previous.clear(); 9148 } 9149 } 9150 9151CreateNewDecl: 9152 9153 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9154 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9155 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9156 9157 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9158 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9159 // keyword. 9160 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9161 9162 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9163 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9164 // PrevDecl. 9165 TagDecl *New; 9166 9167 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9168 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9169 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9170 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9171 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9172 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9173 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9174 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9175 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9176 TagDecl *Def; 9177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9178 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9179 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9180 } 9181 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9182 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9183 << New; 9184 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9185 } else { 9186 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9187 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9188 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9189 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9190 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9191 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9192 9193 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9194 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9195 // the declaration context. 9196 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9197 IsForwardReference = true; 9198 } 9199 } 9200 9201 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9202 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9203 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9204 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9205 else 9206 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9207 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9208 } 9209 9210 } else { 9211 // struct/union/class 9212 9213 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9214 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9215 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9216 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9217 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9218 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9219 9220 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9221 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9222 } else 9223 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9224 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9225 } 9226 9227 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9228 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9229 if (SS.isSet()) { 9230 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9231 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9232 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9233 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9234 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9235 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9236 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9237 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9238 Invalid = true; 9239 9240 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9241 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9242 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9243 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9244 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9245 } 9246 } 9247 else 9248 Invalid = true; 9249 } 9250 9251 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9252 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9253 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9254 // 9255 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9256 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9257 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9258 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9259 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9260 // parsing of the struct). 9261 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9262 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9263 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9264 } 9265 } 9266 9267 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9268 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9269 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9270 << 2 9271 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9272 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9273 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9274 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9275 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9276 New->setModulePrivate(); 9277 } 9278 9279 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9280 // check the specialization. 9281 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9282 Invalid = true; 9283 9284 if (Invalid) 9285 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9286 9287 if (Attr) 9288 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9289 9290 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9291 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9292 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9293 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9294 9295 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9296 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9297 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9298 9299 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9300 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9301 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9302 // the tag name visible. 9303 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9304 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9305 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9306 9307 // Set the access specifier. 9308 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9309 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9310 9311 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9312 New->startDefinition(); 9313 9314 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9315 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9316 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9317 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9318 if (PrevDecl) 9319 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9320 9321 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9322 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9323 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9324 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9325 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9326 } else if (Name) { 9327 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9328 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9329 if (IsForwardReference) 9330 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9331 9332 } else { 9333 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9334 } 9335 9336 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9337 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9338 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9339 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9340 II->isStr("FILE")) 9341 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9342 9343 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9344 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9345 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9346 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9347 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9348 9349 if (PrevDecl) 9350 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9351 9352 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9353 // record. 9354 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9355 9356 OwnedDecl = true; 9357 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9358 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9359 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9360} 9361 9362void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9363 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9364 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9365 9366 // Enter the tag context. 9367 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9368 9369 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9370 9371 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9372 // record. 9373 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9374} 9375 9376Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9377 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9378 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9379 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9380 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9381 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9382 CurContext = OCD; 9383 return IDecl; 9384} 9385 9386void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9387 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9388 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9389 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9390 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9391 9392 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9393 9394 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9395 return; 9396 9397 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9398 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9399 9400 // C++ [class]p2: 9401 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9402 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9403 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9404 // as if it were a public member name. 9405 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9406 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9407 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9408 Record->getIdentifier(), 9409 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9410 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9411 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9412 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9413 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9414 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9415 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9416 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9417 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9418 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9419} 9420 9421void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9422 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9423 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9424 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9425 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9426 9427 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9428 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9429 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9430 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9431 RD->completeDefinition(); 9432 } 9433 9434 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9435 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9436 9437 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9438 PopDeclContext(); 9439 9440 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9441 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9442} 9443 9444void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9445 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9446 PopDeclContext(); 9447} 9448 9449void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9450 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9451 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9452 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9453} 9454 9455void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9456 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9457 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9458} 9459 9460void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9461 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9462 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9463 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9464 9465 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9466 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9467 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9468 RD->completeDefinition(); 9469 } 9470 9471 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9472 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9473 // the FieldCollector. 9474 9475 PopDeclContext(); 9476} 9477 9478// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9479ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9480 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9481 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9482 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9483 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9484 if (ZeroWidth) 9485 *ZeroWidth = true; 9486 9487 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9488 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9489 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9490 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9491 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9492 return ExprError(); 9493 if (FieldName) 9494 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9495 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9496 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9497 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9498 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9499 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9500 return ExprError(); 9501 9502 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9503 // it now. 9504 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9505 return Owned(BitWidth); 9506 9507 llvm::APSInt Value; 9508 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9509 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9510 return ICE; 9511 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9512 9513 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9514 *ZeroWidth = false; 9515 9516 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9517 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9518 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9519 9520 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9521 if (FieldName) 9522 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9523 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9524 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9525 << Value.toString(10); 9526 } 9527 9528 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9529 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9530 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9531 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9532 if (FieldName) 9533 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9534 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9535 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9536 9537 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9538 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9539 } 9540 9541 if (FieldName) 9542 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9543 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9544 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9545 else 9546 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9547 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9548 } 9549 } 9550 9551 return Owned(BitWidth); 9552} 9553 9554/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9555/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9556Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9557 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9558 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9559 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9560 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9561 return Res; 9562} 9563 9564/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9565/// 9566FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9567 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9568 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9569 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9570 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9571 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9572 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9573 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9574 9575 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9576 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9577 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9578 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9579 9580 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9581 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9582 D.setInvalidType(); 9583 T = Context.IntTy; 9584 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9585 } 9586 } 9587 9588 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9589 9590 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9591 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9592 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9593 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9594 << 2; 9595 9596 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9597 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9598 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9599 LookupName(Previous, S); 9600 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9601 case LookupResult::Found: 9602 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9603 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9604 break; 9605 9606 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9607 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9608 break; 9609 9610 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9611 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9612 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9613 break; 9614 } 9615 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9616 9617 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9618 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9619 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9620 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9621 PrevDecl = 0; 9622 } 9623 9624 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9625 PrevDecl = 0; 9626 9627 bool Mutable 9628 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9629 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9630 FieldDecl *NewFD 9631 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9632 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9633 9634 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9635 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9636 9637 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9638 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9639 9640 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9641 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9642 // with the same name in the same scope. 9643 } else if (II) { 9644 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9645 } else 9646 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9647 9648 return NewFD; 9649} 9650 9651/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9652/// 9653/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9654/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9655/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9656/// created. 9657/// 9658/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9659/// 9660/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9661FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9662 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9663 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9664 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9665 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9666 SourceLocation TSSL, 9667 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9668 Declarator *D) { 9669 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9670 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9671 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9672 9673 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9674 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9675 if (T.isNull()) { 9676 InvalidDecl = true; 9677 T = Context.IntTy; 9678 } 9679 9680 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9681 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9682 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9683 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9684 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9685 InvalidDecl = true; 9686 } else { 9687 NamedDecl *Def; 9688 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9689 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9690 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9691 InvalidDecl = true; 9692 } 9693 } 9694 } 9695 9696 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9697 // than a variably modified type. 9698 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9699 bool SizeIsNegative; 9700 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9701 9702 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 9703 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 9704 SizeIsNegative, 9705 Oversized); 9706 if (FixedTInfo) { 9707 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9708 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 9709 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 9710 } else { 9711 if (SizeIsNegative) 9712 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9713 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9714 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9715 << Oversized.toString(10); 9716 else 9717 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9718 InvalidDecl = true; 9719 } 9720 } 9721 9722 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9723 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9724 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9725 AbstractFieldType)) 9726 InvalidDecl = true; 9727 9728 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9729 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9730 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9731 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9732 if (!BitWidth) { 9733 InvalidDecl = true; 9734 BitWidth = 0; 9735 ZeroWidth = false; 9736 } 9737 } 9738 9739 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9740 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9741 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9742 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9743 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9744 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9745 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9746 9747 if (DiagID) { 9748 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9749 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9750 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9751 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9752 Mutable = false; 9753 InvalidDecl = true; 9754 } 9755 } 9756 9757 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9758 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9759 if (InvalidDecl) 9760 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9761 9762 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9763 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9764 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9765 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9766 } 9767 9768 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9769 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9770 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9771 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9772 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9773 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9774 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9775 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9776 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9777 // objects. 9778 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9779 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9780 } 9781 } 9782 9783 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9784 // the program is ill-formed. 9785 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9786 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9787 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9788 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9789 } 9790 } 9791 } 9792 9793 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9794 // representation, not a parser representation. 9795 if (D) 9796 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9797 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9798 9799 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9800 // retainable type. 9801 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9802 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9803 9804 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9805 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9806 9807 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9808 return NewFD; 9809} 9810 9811bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9812 assert(FD); 9813 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9814 9815 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9816 return true; 9817 9818 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9819 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9820 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9821 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9822 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9823 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9824 // copy constructors. 9825 9826 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9827 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 9828 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 9829 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 9830 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 9831 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 9832 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9833 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9834 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9835 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9836 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9837 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9838 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 9839 member = CXXDestructor; 9840 9841 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9842 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9843 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9844 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9845 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9846 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9847 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9848 // members unavailable. 9849 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9850 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9851 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9852 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9853 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9854 return false; 9855 } 9856 } 9857 9858 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 9859 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9860 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9861 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9862 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 9863 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x; 9864 } 9865 } 9866 } 9867 9868 return false; 9869} 9870 9871/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9872/// AST enum value. 9873static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9874TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9875 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9876 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9877 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9878 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9879 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9880 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9881 } 9882} 9883 9884/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9885/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9886Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9887 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9888 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9889 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9890 9891 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9892 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9893 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9894 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9895 9896 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9897 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9898 9899 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9900 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9901 9902 if (BitWidth) { 9903 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9904 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9905 if (!BitWidth) 9906 D.setInvalidType(); 9907 } else { 9908 // Not a bitfield. 9909 9910 // validate II. 9911 9912 } 9913 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9914 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9915 D.setInvalidType(); 9916 } 9917 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9918 // than a variably modified type. 9919 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9921 D.setInvalidType(); 9922 } 9923 9924 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9925 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9926 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9927 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9928 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9929 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9930 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9931 return 0; 9932 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9933 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9934 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9935 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 9936 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9937 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9938 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9939 } 9940 else 9941 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9942 } else { 9943 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9944 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9945 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9946 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9947 return 0; 9948 } 9949 } 9950 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9951 } 9952 9953 // Construct the decl. 9954 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9955 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9956 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9957 9958 if (II) { 9959 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9960 ForRedeclaration); 9961 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9962 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9963 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9964 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9965 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9966 } 9967 } 9968 9969 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9970 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9971 9972 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9973 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9974 9975 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9976 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9977 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9978 9979 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9980 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9981 9982 if (II) { 9983 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9984 // these to the interface. 9985 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9986 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9987 } 9988 9989 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 9990 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 9991 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 9992 9993 return NewID; 9994} 9995 9996/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9997/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9998/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9999/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10000void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10001 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10002 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10003 return; 10004 10005 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10006 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10007 10008 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10009 return; 10010 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10011 if (!ID) { 10012 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10013 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10014 return; 10015 } 10016 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10017 else 10018 return; 10019 } 10020 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10021 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10022 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10023 10024 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10025 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10026 Context.CharTy, 10027 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10028 DeclLoc), 10029 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10030 true); 10031 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10032} 10033 10034void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10035 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10036 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10037 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10038 AttributeList *Attr) { 10039 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10040 10041 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10042 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10043 // it will now change. 10044 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10045 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10046 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10047 default: break; 10048 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10049 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10050 break; 10051 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10052 Context. 10053 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10054 break; 10055 } 10056 } 10057 10058 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10059 10060 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10061 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10062 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10063 if (Record) { 10064 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10065 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10066 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10067 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10068 ++NumNamedMembers; 10069 } 10070 } 10071 10072 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10073 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10074 10075 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10076 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10077 i != end; ++i) { 10078 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10079 10080 // Get the type for the field. 10081 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10082 10083 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10084 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10085 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10086 } 10087 10088 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10089 // diagnostics about it. 10090 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10091 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10092 continue; 10093 } 10094 10095 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10096 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10097 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10098 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10099 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10100 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10101 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10102 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10103 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10104 // array. 10105 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10106 // Field declared as a function. 10107 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10108 << FD->getDeclName(); 10109 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10110 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10111 continue; 10112 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10113 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10114 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10115 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10116 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10117 // Flexible array member. 10118 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10119 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10120 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10121 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10122 if (Record->isUnion()) 10123 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10124 << FD->getDeclName(); 10125 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10126 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10127 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10128 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10129 if (Record->isUnion()) 10130 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10131 << FD->getDeclName(); 10132 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10133 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10134 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10135 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10136 if (Record->isUnion()) 10137 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10138 << FD->getDeclName(); 10139 else 10140 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10141 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10142 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10143 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10144 << FD->getDeclName(); 10145 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10146 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10147 continue; 10148 } 10149 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10150 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10151 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10152 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10153 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10154 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10155 continue; 10156 } 10157 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10158 if (Record) 10159 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10160 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10161 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10162 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10163 // Incomplete type 10164 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10165 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10166 continue; 10167 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10168 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10169 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10170 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10171 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10172 } else { 10173 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10174 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10175 // structures. 10176 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10177 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10178 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10179 else { 10180 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10181 // other structs as an extension. 10182 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10183 << FD->getDeclName(); 10184 if (Record) 10185 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10186 } 10187 } 10188 } 10189 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10190 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10191 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10192 AbstractIvarType)) { 10193 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10194 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10195 } 10196 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10197 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10198 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10199 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10200 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10201 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10202 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10203 FD->setType(T); 10204 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10205 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10206 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10207 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10208 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10209 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10210 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10211 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10212 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10213 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10214 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10215 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10216 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10217 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10218 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10219 } 10220 } else { 10221 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10222 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10223 } 10224 ARCErrReported = true; 10225 } 10226 } 10227 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10228 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10229 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10230 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10231 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10232 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10233 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10234 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10235 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10236 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10237 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10238 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10239 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10240 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10241 } 10242 } 10243 } 10244 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10245 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10246 ++NumNamedMembers; 10247 } 10248 10249 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10250 if (Record) { 10251 bool Completed = false; 10252 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10253 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10254 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10255 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10256 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10257 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10258 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10259 10260 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10261 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10262 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 10263 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10264 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10265 10266 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10267 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10268 10269 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10270 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10271 // problem now. 10272 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10273 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10274 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10275 10276 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10277 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10278 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10279 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10280 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10281 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10282 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10283 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10284 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10285 continue; 10286 10287 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10288 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10289 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10290 // program is ill-formed. 10291 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10292 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10293 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10294 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10295 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10296 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10297 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10298 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10299 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10300 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10301 10302 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10303 } 10304 } 10305 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10306 Completed = true; 10307 } 10308 } 10309 } 10310 } 10311 10312 if (!Completed) 10313 Record->completeDefinition(); 10314 10315 } else { 10316 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10317 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10318 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10319 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10320 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10321 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10322 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10323 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10324 } 10325 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10326 // duplicates. 10327 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10328 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10329 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10330 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10331 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10332 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10333 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10334 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10335 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10336 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10337 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10338 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10339 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10340 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10341 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10342 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10343 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10344 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10345 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10346 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10347 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10348 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10349 if (IDecl) { 10350 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10351 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10352 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10353 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10354 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10355 continue; 10356 } 10357 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10358 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10359 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10360 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10361 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10362 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10363 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10364 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10365 continue; 10366 } 10367 } 10368 } 10369 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10370 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10371 } 10372 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10373 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10374 } 10375 } 10376 10377 if (Attr) 10378 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10379} 10380 10381/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10382/// the given type T. 10383static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10384 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10385 QualType T) { 10386 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10387 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10388 10389 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10390 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10391 --BitWidth; 10392 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10393 } 10394 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10395} 10396 10397// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10398// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10399static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10400 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10401 // enum checking below. 10402 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10403 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10404 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10405 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10406 }; 10407 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10408 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10409 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10410 }; 10411 10412 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10413 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10414 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10415 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10416 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10417 return Types[I]; 10418 10419 return QualType(); 10420} 10421 10422EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10423 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10424 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10425 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10426 Expr *Val) { 10427 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10428 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10429 QualType EltTy; 10430 10431 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10432 Val = 0; 10433 10434 if (Val) 10435 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10436 10437 if (Val) { 10438 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10439 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10440 else { 10441 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10442 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 10443 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10444 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10445 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10446 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10447 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10448 ExprResult Converted = 10449 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10450 CCEK_Enumerator); 10451 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10452 Val = 0; 10453 else 10454 Val = Converted.take(); 10455 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10456 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10457 &EnumVal).take())) { 10458 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10459 } else { 10460 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10461 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10462 10463 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10464 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10465 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10466 // expression checking. 10467 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10468 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10469 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10470 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10471 } else 10472 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10473 } else 10474 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10475 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10476 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10477 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10478 // is the type of its initializing value: 10479 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10480 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10481 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10482 } else { 10483 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10484 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10485 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10486 // representable as an int. 10487 10488 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10489 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10490 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10491 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10492 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10493 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10494 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10495 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10496 } 10497 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10498 } 10499 } 10500 } 10501 } 10502 10503 if (!Val) { 10504 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10505 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10506 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10507 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10508 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10509 // is the type of its initializing value: 10510 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10511 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10512 // 10513 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10514 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10515 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10516 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10517 } 10518 else { 10519 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10520 } 10521 } else { 10522 // Assign the last value + 1. 10523 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10524 ++EnumVal; 10525 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10526 10527 // Check for overflow on increment. 10528 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10529 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10530 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10531 // is the type of its initializing value: 10532 // 10533 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10534 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10535 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10536 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10537 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10538 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10539 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10540 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10541 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10542 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10543 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10544 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10545 ++EnumVal; 10546 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10547 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10548 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10549 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10550 << EltTy; 10551 else 10552 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10553 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10554 } else { 10555 EltTy = T; 10556 } 10557 10558 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10559 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10560 // value, then increment. 10561 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10562 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10563 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10564 ++EnumVal; 10565 10566 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10567 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10568 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10569 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10570 // integral type. 10571 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10572 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10573 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10574 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10575 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10576 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10577 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10578 } 10579 } 10580 } 10581 10582 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10583 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10584 // enumerator's type. 10585 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10586 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10587 } 10588 10589 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10590 Val, EnumVal); 10591} 10592 10593 10594Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10595 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10596 AttributeList *Attr, 10597 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10598 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10599 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10600 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10601 10602 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10603 // we find one that is. 10604 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10605 10606 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10607 // scope. 10608 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10609 ForRedeclaration); 10610 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10611 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10612 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10613 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10614 PrevDecl = 0; 10615 } 10616 10617 if (PrevDecl) { 10618 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10619 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10620 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10621 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10622 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10623 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10624 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10625 else 10626 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10627 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10628 return 0; 10629 } 10630 } 10631 10632 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10633 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10634 // different from T: 10635 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10636 // enumerated type 10637 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10638 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10639 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10640 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10641 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10642 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10643 10644 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10645 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10646 10647 if (New) { 10648 // Process attributes. 10649 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10650 10651 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10652 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10653 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10654 } 10655 10656 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10657 10658 return New; 10659} 10660 10661// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 10662// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 10663// Element2 = Element1 10664// Element2 = Element1 + 1 10665// Element2 = Element1 - 1 10666// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 10667static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 10668 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10669 if (!InitExpr) 10670 return true; 10671 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10672 10673 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 10674 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 10675 return true; 10676 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 10677 if (!IL) 10678 return true; 10679 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 10680 return true; 10681 10682 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 10683 } 10684 10685 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 10686 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 10687 if (!DRE) 10688 return true; 10689 10690 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10691 if (!EnumConstant) 10692 return true; 10693 10694 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 10695 Enum) 10696 return true; 10697 10698 return false; 10699} 10700 10701struct DupKey { 10702 int64_t val; 10703 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 10704 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 10705 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 10706}; 10707 10708static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 10709 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 10710 false); 10711} 10712 10713struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 10714 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 10715 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 10716 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 10717 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 10718 } 10719 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 10720 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 10721 LHS.val == RHS.val; 10722 } 10723}; 10724 10725// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 10726// a previous element has already been set to. 10727static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10728 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10729 QualType EnumType) { 10730 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 10731 Enum->getLocation()) == 10732 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10733 return; 10734 // Avoid anonymous enums 10735 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10736 return; 10737 10738 // Only check for small enums. 10739 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 10740 return; 10741 10742 typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector; 10743 typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector; 10744 10745 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 10746 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 10747 ValueToVectorMap; 10748 10749 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 10750 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 10751 10752 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 10753 // an initialier. 10754 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10755 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10756 10757 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 10758 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 10759 if (!ECD) { 10760 return; 10761 } 10762 10763 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 10764 continue; 10765 10766 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10767 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10768 10769 // First time encountering this value. 10770 if (Entry.isNull()) 10771 Entry = ECD; 10772 } 10773 10774 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 10775 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10776 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10777 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 10778 continue; 10779 10780 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10781 10782 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10783 if (Entry.isNull()) 10784 continue; 10785 10786 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 10787 // Ensure constants are different. 10788 if (D == ECD) 10789 continue; 10790 10791 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 10792 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 10793 Vec->push_back(D); 10794 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10795 10796 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 10797 Entry = Vec; 10798 10799 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 10800 // diagnostics. 10801 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 10802 continue; 10803 } 10804 10805 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 10806 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 10807 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 10808 continue; 10809 10810 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10811 } 10812 10813 // Emit diagnostics. 10814 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 10815 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 10816 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 10817 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 10818 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 10819 10820 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 10821 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 10822 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 10823 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10824 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10825 ++I; 10826 10827 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 10828 // the same value. 10829 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 10830 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 10831 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10832 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10833 delete Vec; 10834 } 10835} 10836 10837void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10838 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10839 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10840 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10841 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10842 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10843 10844 if (Attr) 10845 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10846 10847 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10848 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10849 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10850 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10851 if (!ECD) continue; 10852 10853 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10854 } 10855 10856 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10857 return; 10858 } 10859 10860 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10861 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10862 // emit a warning. 10863 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10864 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10865 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10866 10867 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10868 // reverse the list. 10869 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10870 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10871 10872 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10873 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10874 10875 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10876 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10877 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10878 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10879 10880 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10881 10882 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10883 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10884 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10885 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10886 else 10887 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10888 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10889 10890 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10891 if (AllElementsInt) 10892 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10893 } 10894 10895 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10896 QualType BestType; 10897 unsigned BestWidth; 10898 10899 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10900 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10901 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10902 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10903 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10904 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10905 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10906 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10907 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10908 QualType BestPromotionType; 10909 10910 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10911 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10912 // enum definitions. 10913 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10914 Packed = true; 10915 10916 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10917 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10918 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10919 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10920 else 10921 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10922 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10923 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10924 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10925 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10926 } 10927 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10928 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10929 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10930 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10931 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10932 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10933 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10934 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10935 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10936 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10937 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10938 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10939 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10940 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10941 } else { 10942 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10943 10944 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10945 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10946 } else { 10947 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10948 10949 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10950 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10951 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10952 } 10953 } 10954 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10955 } else { 10956 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10957 // all of the enumerator values. 10958 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10959 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10960 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10961 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10962 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10963 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10964 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10965 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10966 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10967 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10968 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10969 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10970 BestPromotionType 10971 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10972 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10973 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10974 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10975 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10976 BestPromotionType 10977 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10978 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10979 } else { 10980 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10981 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10982 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10983 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10984 BestPromotionType 10985 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10986 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10987 } 10988 } 10989 10990 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10991 // the type of the enum if needed. 10992 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10993 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10994 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10995 10996 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10997 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10998 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10999 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11000 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11001 11002 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11003 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11004 11005 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11006 // the enum decl type. 11007 QualType NewTy; 11008 unsigned NewWidth; 11009 bool NewSign; 11010 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11011 !Enum->isFixed() && 11012 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11013 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11014 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11015 NewSign = true; 11016 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11017 // Already the right type! 11018 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11019 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11020 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11021 // enumeration. 11022 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11023 continue; 11024 } else { 11025 NewTy = BestType; 11026 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11027 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11028 } 11029 11030 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11031 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11032 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11033 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11034 11035 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11036 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11037 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11038 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11039 CK_IntegralCast, 11040 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11041 /*base paths*/ 0, 11042 VK_RValue)); 11043 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11044 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11045 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11046 // enumeration. 11047 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11048 else 11049 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11050 } 11051 11052 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11053 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11054 11055 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11056 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11057 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11058 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11059 11060 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11061} 11062 11063Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11064 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11065 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11066 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11067 11068 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11069 AsmString, StartLoc, 11070 EndLoc); 11071 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11072 return New; 11073} 11074 11075DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11076 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11077 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11078 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11079 Module::AllVisible, 11080 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11081 if (!Mod) 11082 return true; 11083 11084 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11085 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11086 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11087 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11088 // We need the length to be consistent. 11089 if (!ModCheck) 11090 break; 11091 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11092 11093 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11094 } 11095 11096 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11097 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11098 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11099 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11100 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11101 return Import; 11102} 11103 11104void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11105 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11106 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11107 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11108 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11109 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11110 LookupOrdinaryName); 11111 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11112 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11113 11114 if (PrevDecl) 11115 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11116 else 11117 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11118 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11119} 11120 11121void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11122 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11123 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11124 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11125 11126 if (PrevDecl) { 11127 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11128 } else { 11129 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11130 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11131 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11132 } 11133} 11134 11135void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11136 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11137 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11138 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11139 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11140 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11141 LookupOrdinaryName); 11142 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11143 11144 if (PrevDecl) { 11145 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11146 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11147 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11148 } else { 11149 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11150 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11151 } 11152} 11153 11154Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11155 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11156} 11157 11158AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11159 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11160 return D->getAvailability(); 11161} 11162